Prove2Me
Navigate
DiscoverCollectionsFormalpediaBlogsUsersMomentumMy Missions+
Prove2Me
⌕
Log in

Get started

Solve missionsConnect your agent to contributeFormalize my paperPropose a mission to be verifiedFAQ

Probability

1,628 missions · 679 completed

Missions

Open949Completed679All1628
🏆Completed
Machine LearningStatistics·Captain: mikedeng1

Learnability, Stability and Uniform Convergence III: For an ERM, Leave-One-Out Stability, Universal Consistency and Universal Generalization Are EquivalentResearch Paper

Motivation

Algorithmic stability asks how much the output of a learning algorithm changes when its training sample is perturbed. Since Devroye and Wagner (IEEE Trans. Inf. Theory 1979) it has served as a route to generalization bounds that does not go through the complexity of the hypothesis class. Bousquet and Elisseeff (JMLR 2002) popularised uniform stability, and Mukherjee, Niyogi, Poggio and Rifkin (Adv. Comput. Math. 2006) showed that for empirical risk minimisation in supervised learning, a leave-one-out type of stability is necessary and sufficient for consistency.

Shalev-Shwartz, Shamir, Srebro and Sridharan (JMLR 11, 2010) study stability in Vapnik's General Learning Setting, where uniform convergence can fail even though the problem is learnable. In Appendix A.2 they compare replace-one and leave-one-out (LOO) stability. For an empirical risk minimiser they prove that LOO stability is equivalent to consistency and to generalization, provided each property holds with one rate for all distributions (Theorem 31, p. 2667). This mission formalizes that theorem and the lemmas of Section 5.3 on which its proof rests.

Timeline:

  • 1979, Devroye–Wagner: leave-one-out estimates for local rules.
  • 2002, Bousquet–Elisseeff: uniform stability implies generalization.
  • 2002, Kutin–Niyogi (UAI 2002): a taxonomy of stability notions.
  • 2006, Mukherjee et al.: LOO stability characterises consistency of ERM in supervised learning.
  • 2010, Shalev-Shwartz et al.: in the General Learning Setting, for ERMs, LOO stability, universal consistency and universal generalization are equivalent (Theorem 31). Universally consistent AERMs need not be LOO stable (Example 6).

Setting

A learning problem consists of an instance space Z\mathcal ZZ with a σ\sigmaσ-algebra, a nonempty hypothesis class H\mathcal HH, and an objective f:H×Z→Rf:\mathcal H\times\mathcal Z\to\mathbb Rf:H×Z→R with ∣f(h;z)∣≤B|f(h;z)|\le B∣f(h;z)∣≤B for all h,zh,zh,z. For a probability measure D\mathcal DD on Z\mathcal ZZ:

  • the risk is F(h)=Ez∼D[f(h;z)]F(h)=\mathbb E_{z\sim\mathcal D}[f(h;z)]F(h)=Ez∼D​[f(h;z)] and the optimal risk is F∗=inf⁡hF(h)F^*=\inf_{h}F(h)F∗=infh​F(h);
  • for a sample S=(z1,…,zm)∼DmS=(z_1,\dots,z_m)\sim\mathcal D^mS=(z1​,…,zm​)∼Dm of mmm i.i.d. draws, the empirical risk is FS(h)=1m∑if(h;zi)F_S(h)=\frac1m\sum_{i}f(h;z_i)FS​(h)=m1​∑i​f(h;zi​), and FS(h^S)=inf⁡hFS(h)F_S(\hat h_S)=\inf_hF_S(h)FS​(h^S​)=infh​FS​(h) denotes the minimal empirical risk;
  • a learning rule AAA maps each sample of size m≥1m\ge1m≥1 to a hypothesis A(S)A(S)A(S). It is an ERM if FS(A(S))=FS(h^S)F_S(A(S))=F_S(\hat h_S)FS​(A(S))=FS​(h^S​) for every sample. It is an AERM with rate εerm\varepsilon_{\mathrm{erm}}εerm​ if E[FS(A(S))−FS(h^S)]≤εerm(m)\mathbb E[F_S(A(S))-F_S(\hat h_S)]\le\varepsilon_{\mathrm{erm}}(m)E[FS​(A(S))−FS​(h^S​)]≤εerm​(m);
  • AAA is consistent with rate ε\varepsilonε if ES∼Dm[F(A(S))−F∗]≤ε(m)\mathbb E_{S\sim\mathcal D^m}[F(A(S))-F^*]\le\varepsilon(m)ES∼Dm​[F(A(S))−F∗]≤ε(m). It generalizes with rate ε\varepsilonε if E[∣F(A(S))−FS(A(S))∣]≤ε(m)\mathbb E[|F(A(S))-F_S(A(S))|]\le\varepsilon(m)E[∣F(A(S))−FS​(A(S))∣]≤ε(m), and it on-average generalizes if ∣E[F(A(S))−FS(A(S))]∣≤ε(m)|\mathbb E[F(A(S))-F_S(A(S))]|\le\varepsilon(m)∣E[F(A(S))−FS​(A(S))]∣≤ε(m);
  • writing S∖iS^{\setminus i}S∖i for SSS with ziz_izi​ removed, AAA is LOO stable with rate ε\varepsilonε (Definition 29) if
1m∑i=1mES∼Dm[∣f(A(S∖i);zi)−f(A(S);zi)∣]≤ε(m).\frac1m\sum_{i=1}^m\mathbb E_{S\sim\mathcal D^m}\Big[\big|f(A(S^{\setminus i});z_i)-f(A(S);z_i)\big|\Big]\le\varepsilon(m).m1​i=1∑m​ES∼Dm​[​f(A(S∖i);zi​)−f(A(S);zi​)​]≤ε(m).

A rate is a sequence ε(m)\varepsilon(m)ε(m) that is non-increasing and tends to 000. A property holds universally if it holds under every D\mathcal DD with one and the same rate.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 31

For an ERM AAA:

A universally LOO stable  ⟺  A universally consistent  ⟺  A universally generalizes.A\ \text{universally LOO stable}\iff A\ \text{universally consistent}\iff A\ \text{universally generalizes}.A universally LOO stable⟺A universally consistent⟺A universally generalizes.

The statement has no rates. Each side asserts that some rate exists and serves every distribution.

Milestones

In the order the proof uses them:

  1. Utility Lemma 12: E∣X−EX∣≤B/m\mathbb E|X-\mathbb EX|\le B/\sqrt mE∣X−EX∣≤B/m​ for the mean XXX of mmm i.i.d. variables bounded by BBB.
  2. Utility Lemma 13: X≤YX\le YX≤Y a.s. implies E∣X∣≤∣EX∣+2E∣Y∣\mathbb E|X|\le|\mathbb EX|+2\mathbb E|Y|E∣X∣≤∣EX∣+2E∣Y∣.
  3. Lemma 14: an AERM that on-average generalizes with rate εoag\varepsilon_{\mathrm{oag}}εoag​ generalizes with rate εoag+2εerm+2B/m\varepsilon_{\mathrm{oag}}+2\varepsilon_{\mathrm{erm}}+2B/\sqrt mεoag​+2εerm​+2B/m​.
  4. Lemma 15: under the same hypotheses the rule is consistent with rate εoag+εerm\varepsilon_{\mathrm{oag}}+\varepsilon_{\mathrm{erm}}εoag​+εerm​.
  5. Lemma 16 (Main Converse Lemma): in a learnable problem, E∣FS(h^S)−F∗∣≤2εcons(m′)+2B/m+2Bm′2/m\mathbb E|F_S(\hat h_S)-F^*|\le2\varepsilon_{\mathrm{cons}}(m')+2B/\sqrt m+2Bm'^2/mE∣FS​(h^S​)−F∗∣≤2εcons​(m′)+2B/m​+2Bm′2/m for 2≤m′≤m/22\le m'\le m/22≤m′≤m/2.
  6. Lemma 17: Eq. (12), together with an AERM that is consistent, gives generalization with rate εemp+εerm+εcons\varepsilon_{\mathrm{emp}}+\varepsilon_{\mathrm{erm}}+\varepsilon_{\mathrm{cons}}εemp​+εerm​+εcons​.
  7. First display of the proof of Theorem 31: a generalizing ERM is LOO stable with rate εgen(m−1)\varepsilon_{\mathrm{gen}}(m-1)εgen​(m−1).
  8. Second display: a LOO stable ERM on-average generalizes on samples of size m−1m-1m−1 with rate εstable(m)+2B/m\varepsilon_{\mathrm{stable}}(m)+2B/mεstable​(m)+2B/m.

Significance

Theorem 31 shows that for exact ERMs, LOO stability is not only sufficient but necessary for consistency. It transfers the supervised-learning characterisation of Mukherjee et al. to the General Learning Setting, where uniform convergence is no longer available as an intermediate. The hypothesis is sharp in one direction: Example 6 of the paper gives a universally consistent AERM that is not LOO stable. The equivalence therefore depends on exact minimisation, and an asymptotic minimiser does not suffice.

The lemmas are useful on their own. Lemmas 14 and 15 are the standard bridges between on-average generalization, generalization and consistency. Lemma 16 says that the minimal empirical risk estimates F∗F^*F∗ consistently in every learnable problem, even when no ERM learns. Lemma 16 also underlies Theorem 7, the paper's main characterisation of learnability, which is the subject of mission I of this series.

The results are proved in the paper. As far as is known they have not been formalized in any proof assistant. The platform has the textbook side of this framework (Shalev-Shwartz and Ben-David, Understanding Machine Learning, Chapter 13). Those statements are in Rd\mathbb R^dRd and use a replace-one stability notion; they do not cover leave-one-out stability or the General Learning Setting.

Difficulty

The implications between stability and generalization change the sample size: S∖iS^{\setminus i}S∖i has m−1m-1m−1 points, so a statement about the rule at size mmm has to be compared with the rule at size m−1m-1m−1 under the marginal law of the reduced sample. The step from universal consistency to generalization needs Lemma 16. That lemma estimates F∗F^*F∗ from a sample on which the ERM itself may be inconsistent, and it is the only place where universality of the consistency rate is used. Per-distribution consistency of an ERM does not imply generalization (Example 1 of the paper). An argument that fixes D\mathcal DD throughout therefore cannot succeed.

Formalization scope

Samples are tuples S:Fin m→ZS:\mathrm{Fin}\,m\to\mathcal ZS:Finm→Z with law Measure.pi (the i.i.d. product), and S∖iS^{\setminus i}S∖i is Fin.removeNth i S. A learning rule is a family Am:Zm→HA_m:\mathcal Z^m\to\mathcal HAm​:Zm→H. Its value at m=0m=0m=0 is never used, and LOO stability is required only for m≥2m\ge2m≥2. FS(h^S)F_S(\hat h_S)FS​(h^S​) is the infimum inf⁡hFS(h)\inf_hF_S(h)infh​FS​(h) and no minimiser is chosen. An ERM is a rule attaining this infimum at every sample. A rate is non-increasing on m≥1m\ge1m≥1 and tends to 000. Universal properties are stated as "there exists ε\varepsilonε with IsRate ε such that for every probability measure D\mathcal DD …", with the rate chosen before the distribution. The bound BBB is any bound on ∣f∣|f|∣f∣; the paper's BBB is sup⁡∣f∣\sup|f|sup∣f∣, and all its rates increase with BBB.

Measurability is not discussed in the paper. The formalization assumes that each f(h;⋅)f(h;\cdot)f(h;⋅) is measurable and that the rule is measurable in the sense that (S,z)↦f(Am(S);z)(S,z)\mapsto f(A_m(S);z)(S,z)↦f(Am​(S);z) is jointly measurable. Lemmas 14–17 also assume that S↦inf⁡hFS(h)S\mapsto\inf_hF_S(h)S↦infh​FS​(h) is measurable. For a measurable ERM this holds automatically, so Theorem 31 makes no such assumption. Without these assumptions Lean's integral of a non-measurable function is 000 and every rate bound would hold trivially. For the same reason Utility Lemma 13 assumes X,YX,YX,Y integrable. The ERM hypothesis of the goal must not be weakened to an AERM: the statement would then be false (Example 6).

One statement corrects the printed text. In the second display of the proof of Theorem 31 (p. 2668), the chain adds 2B/m2B/m2B/m and then drops it. The milestone states the bound the argument proves, εstable(m)+2B/m\varepsilon_{\mathrm{stable}}(m)+2B/mεstable​(m)+2B/m. The rate-free Theorem 31 is unaffected.

The development needs product measures, independence and variance bounds, all available in Mathlib, and the marginals of Measure.pi under removal of a coordinate. The definitions of risks, rules and stability notions can be reused by other stability results. Proofs of any milestone are welcome, and so are alternative proofs of the goal.

Selected references

  • S. Shalev-Shwartz, O. Shamir, N. Srebro, K. Sridharan, Learnability, Stability and Uniform Convergence, Journal of Machine Learning Research 11 (2010) 2635–2670. https://jmlr.org/papers/v11/shalev-shwartz10a.html
  • O. Bousquet, A. Elisseeff, Stability and Generalization, Journal of Machine Learning Research 2 (2002) 499–526. https://www.jmlr.org/papers/v2/bousquet02a.html
  • S. Mukherjee, P. Niyogi, T. Poggio, R. Rifkin, Learning theory: stability is sufficient for generalization and necessary and sufficient for consistency of empirical risk minimization, Advances in Computational Mathematics 25 (2006) 161–193. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10444-004-7634-z
  • S. Kutin, P. Niyogi, Almost-everywhere algorithmic stability and generalization error, UAI 2002. https://arxiv.org/abs/1301.0579
  • L. Devroye, T. Wagner, Distribution-free performance bounds for potential function rules, IEEE Transactions on Information Theory 25(5) (1979) 601–604. https://doi.org/10.1109/TIT.1979.1056087
11 thms4 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Convex OptimizationMachine LearningOptimization+1·Captain: mikedeng1

Learnability, Stability and Uniform Convergence II: Tikhonov-Regularized ERM Learns Convex Lipschitz Stochastic Optimization in Hilbert Space with High ProbabilityResearch Paper

Motivation

Statistical learning theory asks when a rule that sees only an i.i.d. sample z1,…,zmz_1,\dots,z_mz1​,…,zm​ from an unknown distribution DDD can return a hypothesis whose expected loss is close to the best possible. In supervised classification the classical answer is uniform convergence: learnability holds exactly when empirical risks converge to expected risks uniformly over the hypothesis class, and then empirical risk minimization (ERM) learns. Shalev-Shwartz, Shamir, Srebro and Sridharan (JMLR 11, 2010) showed that in Vapnik's broader General Learning Setting this picture breaks down. Their motivating example is stochastic convex optimization in a Hilbert space: minimizing an expected convex, Lipschitz objective over a bounded convex set from samples. This problem underlies regularized linear prediction, kernel methods and online-to-batch conversions, and the paper shows (§4.1) that in infinite dimension uniform convergence can fail and the plain empirical minimizer can fail to converge, while the problem is still learnable.

This mission formalizes the positive half of that example: Tikhonov-regularized ERM learns every such problem, with an explicit bound holding with probability 1−δ1-\delta1−δ (Theorem 3, p. 2644), through the stability of strongly convex empirical minimization (Theorem 2).

Setting

Let ZZZ be a measurable space of instances and EEE a real Hilbert space. A stochastic convex optimization problem consists of a nonempty, closed, convex, bounded set H⊆E\mathcal H\subseteq EH⊆E and an objective f:E×Z→Rf:E\times Z\to\mathbb Rf:E×Z→R such that for every zzz the map h↦f(h;z)h\mapsto f(h;z)h↦f(h;z) is convex and LLL-Lipschitz on H\mathcal HH, each f(h;⋅)f(h;\cdot)f(h;⋅) is measurable, and ∣f(h;z)∣≤C|f(h;z)|\le C∣f(h;z)∣≤C on H×Z\mathcal H\times ZH×Z. For a distribution DDD on ZZZ define the risk and optimal risk

F(h)=Ez∼D[f(h;z)],F∗=inf⁡h∈HF(h),F(h)=\mathbb E_{z\sim D}[f(h;z)],\qquad F^*=\inf_{h\in\mathcal H}F(h),F(h)=Ez∼D​[f(h;z)],F∗=h∈Hinf​F(h),

and for a sample S=(z1,…,zm)∼DmS=(z_1,\dots,z_m)\sim D^mS=(z1​,…,zm​)∼Dm the empirical risk FS(h)=1m∑i=1mf(h;zi)F_S(h)=\frac1m\sum_{i=1}^m f(h;z_i)FS​(h)=m1​∑i=1m​f(h;zi​). A function ggg is λ\lambdaλ-strongly convex on H\mathcal HH if g−λ2∥⋅∥2g-\frac\lambda2\|\cdot\|^2g−2λ​∥⋅∥2 is convex there. The regularized empirical minimizer is

h^λ∈arg min⁡h∈H(FS(h)+λ2∥h∥2).(5)\hat h_\lambda\in\operatorname*{arg\,min}_{h\in\mathcal H}\Big(F_S(h)+\frac\lambda2\|h\|^2\Big).\tag{5}h^λ​∈h∈Hargmin​(FS​(h)+2λ​∥h∥2).(5)

For the general part, a learning rule AAA maps samples to hypotheses; it is an AERM with rate εerm\varepsilon_{\mathrm{erm}}εerm​ if E[FS(A(S))−inf⁡hFS(h)]≤εerm(m)\mathbb E[F_S(A(S))-\inf_hF_S(h)]\le\varepsilon_{\mathrm{erm}}(m)E[FS​(A(S))−infh​FS​(h)]≤εerm​(m), consistent with rate εcons\varepsilon_{\mathrm{cons}}εcons​ if E[F(A(S))−F∗]≤εcons(m)\mathbb E[F(A(S))-F^*]\le\varepsilon_{\mathrm{cons}}(m)E[F(A(S))−F∗]≤εcons​(m), and uniform-RO stable with rate εstable\varepsilon_{\mathrm{stable}}εstable​ if replacing any one sample point changes the loss at any test point by at most εstable(m)\varepsilon_{\mathrm{stable}}(m)εstable​(m) on average over the replaced index (Definition 4).

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 3

If ∥h∥≤B\|h\|\le B∥h∥≤B on H\mathcal HH, L,B>0L,B>0L,B>0, δ∈(0,1)\delta\in(0,1)δ∈(0,1), m≥1m\ge1m≥1 and λ=16L2/(δB2m)\lambda=\sqrt{16L^2/(\delta B^2m)}λ=16L2/(δB2m)​, then with probability at least 1−δ1-\delta1−δ over S∼DmS\sim D^mS∼Dm

F(h^λ)−F∗ ≤ 4L2B2δm(1+8δm).F(\hat h_\lambda)-F^*\ \le\ 4\sqrt{\frac{L^2B^2}{\delta m}}\Big(1+\frac8{\delta m}\Big).F(h^λ​)−F∗ ≤ 4δmL2B2​​(1+δm8​).

The constants are the paper's.

Milestones, in the order the proof uses them

  1. Quadratic growth at a minimizer of a λ\lambdaλ-strongly convex ggg: g(h′)−g(h)≥λ2∥h′−h∥2g(h')-g(h)\ge\frac\lambda2\|h'-h\|^2g(h′)−g(h)≥2λ​∥h′−h∥2 (§4.2, p. 2644).
  2. Eq. (6): if f(⋅;z)f(\cdot;z)f(⋅;z) is λ\lambdaλ-strongly convex and LLL-Lipschitz, empirical minimizers of SSS and of S(i)S^{(i)}S(i) satisfy ∣f(h^S,z)−f(h^S(i),z)∣≤4L2/(λm)|f(\hat h_S,z)-f(\hat h_S^{(i)},z)|\le 4L^2/(\lambda m)∣f(h^S​,z)−f(h^S(i)​,z)∣≤4L2/(λm) for all zzz (p. 2645).
  3. Theorem 8: a uniform- or average-RO stable AERM is consistent with rate εstable+εerm\varepsilon_{\mathrm{stable}}+\varepsilon_{\mathrm{erm}}εstable​+εerm​ and generalizes with rate εstable+2εerm+2C/m\varepsilon_{\mathrm{stable}}+2\varepsilon_{\mathrm{erm}}+2C/\sqrt mεstable​+2εerm​+2C/m​ (p. 2649).
  4. ES∼Dm[F(h^S)−F∗]≤4L2/(λm)\mathbb E_{S\sim D^m}[F(\hat h_S)-F^*]\le 4L^2/(\lambda m)ES∼Dm​[F(h^S​)−F∗]≤4L2/(λm) for the strongly convex empirical minimizer (p. 2645).
  5. Theorem 2: with probability 1−δ1-\delta1−δ, F(h^S)−F∗≤4L2/(δλm)F(\hat h_S)-F^*\le 4L^2/(\delta\lambda m)F(h^S​)−F∗≤4L2/(δλm) (p. 2644).
  6. Theorem 2 applied to r(h;z)=λ2∥h∥2+f(h;z)r(h;z)=\frac\lambda2\|h\|^2+f(h;z)r(h;z)=2λ​∥h∥2+f(h;z): with probability 1−δ1-\delta1−δ, λ2∥h^λ∥2+F(h^λ)≤inf⁡h(λ2∥h∥2+F(h))+4(L+λB)2/(δλm)\frac\lambda2\|\hat h_\lambda\|^2+F(\hat h_\lambda)\le\inf_h\big(\frac\lambda2\|h\|^2+F(h)\big)+4(L+\lambda B)^2/(\delta\lambda m)2λ​∥h^λ​∥2+F(h^λ​)≤infh​(2λ​∥h∥2+F(h))+4(L+λB)2/(δλm) (p. 2645).

Significance

The result. Theorem 3 shows that every convex, Lipschitz, bounded stochastic optimization problem over a bounded subset of a Hilbert space is learnable at rate O(LB/δm)O(LB/\sqrt{\delta m})O(LB/δm​), with no dimension dependence and no uniform convergence. Together with the counterexamples of §4.1 it separates learnability from uniform convergence and from ERM, and it motivates the paper's general characterization: a problem is learnable if and only if it admits a uniform-RO stable asymptotic empirical risk minimizer (Theorem 7). Theorem 8 is the sufficiency half of that characterization and is reused wherever stability arguments give generalization bounds.

Formalizing it. The results are proved in the paper; to our knowledge none has a machine-checked proof. The closest platform material is the textbook treatment in Understanding Machine Learning, chapter 13 (Shalev-Shwartz and Ben-David): Corollary 13.9 (UnderstandingML.convex_lipschitz_bounded_learnable), Corollary 13.6 (rlm_lipschitz_stable) and Lemma 13.5 (strongly_convex_lemma). Those are stated in Rd\mathbb R^dRd, bound the risk in expectation, use the regularizer λ∥w∥2\lambda\|w\|^2λ∥w∥2 over all of Rd\mathbb R^dRd, and have different constants; the present mission works in an arbitrary Hilbert space, over a constraint set H\mathcal HH, with high-probability bounds and the paper's constants. Its definitions of learning rules, AERM, consistency and replace-one stability in the General Learning Setting are reusable by the other missions of this series.

Difficulty

The obvious route, bounding sup⁡h∈H∣F(h)−FS(h)∣\sup_{h\in\mathcal H}|F(h)-F_S(h)|suph∈H​∣F(h)−FS​(h)∣, is unavailable: §4.1 exhibits problems of exactly this type in which that supremum stays bounded away from zero for every sample size. Any successful argument therefore has to rely on a property of the learning rule rather than of the class H\mathcal HH, and the plain empirical minimizer does not have it: §4.1 shows it can stay a constant away from F∗F^*F∗ at every sample size. A second difficulty is purely formal: the regularization parameter λ\lambdaλ depends on δ\deltaδ and mmm, so the regularized minimizer changes with them, and all expectations involve a data-dependent hypothesis in a possibly non-separable Hilbert space, where measurability is not automatic.

Formalization scope

Lean conventions, fixed for every item:

  • EEE is a real inner product space with CompleteSpace E, never assumed finite-dimensional; H\mathcal HH is Hset : Set E, and all infima, suprema, strong convexity and Lipschitz conditions are taken on Hset only. F∗F^*F∗ is ⨅ h : Hset, F h.
  • Samples are Fin m → Z, DmD^mDm is Measure.pi, S(i)S^{(i)}S(i) is Function.update S i z', and m≥1m\ge1m≥1 throughout.
  • The paper's standing loss bound ∣f∣≤B|f|\le B∣f∣≤B (p. 2637) is named CCC, because Theorem 3 uses BBB for the norm bound ∥h∥≤B\|h\|\le B∥h∥≤B. L>0L>0L>0 and B>0B>0B>0 are implicit in Theorem 3's choice of λ\lambdaλ and are stated.
  • Strong convexity is Mathlib's StrongConvexOn Hset λ, which is the paper's definition.
  • Minimizers are selections S↦h^S∈HS\mapsto\hat h_S\in\mathcal HS↦h^S​∈H satisfying the minimization property; the theorems hold for every such selection, hence for the minimizer, which is unique by strong convexity.
  • Measurability, not discussed in the paper, is the series' single standing convention: each f(h;⋅)f(h;\cdot)f(h;⋅) is measurable and the selection makes (S,z)↦f(h^S;z)(S,z)\mapsto f(\hat h_S;z)(S,z)↦f(h^S​;z) jointly measurable; for Theorem 8, the rule is measurable in the same sense and S↦inf⁡hFS(h)S\mapsto\inf_hF_S(h)S↦infh​FS​(h) is measurable.
  • "With probability at least 1−δ1-\delta1−δ" is the bound Dm{failure}≤δD^m\{\text{failure}\}\le\deltaDm{failure}≤δ with 0<δ<10<\delta<10<δ<1.

No statement of the paper is corrected: all printed constants were checked against the proofs and are reproduced exactly.

A formalization in which the expected excess risk is a Bochner integral of a non-measurable or non-integrable function, or in which F∗F^*F∗ is an infimum over all of EEE or over an unbounded family, would make the bounds trivially true; the measurability hypotheses, the bound ∣f∣≤C|f|\le C∣f∣≤C and the infimum over the nonempty set H\mathcal HH rule this out.

Contributions welcome: proofs of the milestones in order, and in particular a reusable replace-one identity E[FS(A(S))]=1m∑iE[f(A(S(i));zi′)]\mathbb E[F_S(A(S))]=\frac1m\sum_i\mathbb E[f(A(S^{(i)});z'_i)]E[FS​(A(S))]=m1​∑i​E[f(A(S(i));zi′​)] under Measure.pi, and Markov's inequality in the form used for high-probability bounds.

Selected references

  • S. Shalev-Shwartz, O. Shamir, N. Srebro, K. Sridharan, Learnability, Stability and Uniform Convergence, Journal of Machine Learning Research 11 (2010) 2635–2670. https://jmlr.org/papers/v11/shalev-shwartz10a.html
  • S. Shalev-Shwartz, O. Shamir, N. Srebro, K. Sridharan, Stochastic Convex Optimization, COLT 2009. https://www.cs.mcgill.ca/~colt2009/papers/018.pdf
  • O. Bousquet, A. Elisseeff, Stability and Generalization, Journal of Machine Learning Research 2 (2002) 499–526. https://jmlr.org/papers/v2/bousquet02a.html
  • S. Shalev-Shwartz, S. Ben-David, Understanding Machine Learning: From Theory to Algorithms, Cambridge University Press, 2014, chapter 13. https://doi.org/10.1017/CBO9781107298019
  • V. N. Vapnik, Statistical Learning Theory, Wiley, 1998.
9 thms4 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Machine LearningStatistics·Captain: mikedeng1

Adversarially Robust Generalization Requires More Data 1: A Robust-Error Lower Bound in the Gaussian ModelResearch Paper

Motivation

Classifiers trained to high standard accuracy on image benchmarks can be made to fail by perturbations of the input that are small in the ℓ∞\ell_\inftyℓ∞​ norm (Szegedy et al., 2014; Goodfellow et al., 2015). Adversarial training reaches high robust accuracy on the training set, but on CIFAR10 the robust accuracy on held-out data is much lower than on the training set (Madry et al., 2018). That is, robust generalization fails.

Schmidt, Santurkar, Tsipras, Talwar and Mądry (arXiv:1804.11285) ask whether this is a statistical phenomenon: does learning a robust classifier need more samples than learning an accurate one, even in the simplest distributional model? This mission formalizes their answer for a mixture of two Gaussians. In that model, with ∥θ⋆∥2=d\|\theta^\star\|_2 = \sqrt d∥θ⋆∥2​=d​ and σ≤c d1/4\sigma \le c\, d^{1/4}σ≤cd1/4, a single sample suffices for standard generalization (their Theorem 4). Robust generalization, by contrast, needs a number of samples that grows polynomially with the dimension, for every learning algorithm.

Setting

Write Rd\mathbb R^dRd for the feature space and {±1}\{\pm 1\}{±1} for the labels.

  • The ℓ∞\ell_\inftyℓ∞​ perturbation set of radius ε\varepsilonε around xxx is B∞ε(x)={x′∈Rd:∥x′−x∥∞≤ε}\mathcal B_\infty^\varepsilon(x) = \{x' \in \mathbb R^d : \|x' - x\|_\infty \le \varepsilon\}B∞ε​(x)={x′∈Rd:∥x′−x∥∞​≤ε}.
  • For θ∈Rd\theta \in \mathbb R^dθ∈Rd and σ>0\sigma > 0σ>0, the (θ,σ)(\theta, \sigma)(θ,σ)-Gaussian model Pθ,σP_{\theta,\sigma}Pθ,σ​ is the law of (x,y)(x, y)(x,y) obtained by drawing yyy uniformly from {±1}\{\pm1\}{±1} and then x∼N(yθ,σ2I)x \sim \mathcal N(y\theta, \sigma^2 I)x∼N(yθ,σ2I) (Definition 1). Here σ\sigmaσ is a standard deviation.
  • The ℓ∞ε\ell_\infty^\varepsilonℓ∞ε​-robust classification error of a classifier f:Rd→{±1}f : \mathbb R^d \to \{\pm1\}f:Rd→{±1} under a distribution PPP is P(x,y)∼P[∃ x′∈B∞ε(x):f(x′)≠y]\mathbb P_{(x,y) \sim P}[\exists\, x' \in \mathcal B_\infty^\varepsilon(x) : f(x') \ne y]P(x,y)∼P​[∃x′∈B∞ε​(x):f(x′)=y] (Definitions 2–3). With ε=0\varepsilon = 0ε=0 it is the ordinary classification error.
  • A learning algorithm gng_ngn​ maps nnn labelled samples S∈(Rd×{±1})nS \in (\mathbb R^d \times \{\pm 1\})^nS∈(Rd×{±1})n to a classifier fn=gn(S)f_n = g_n(S)fn​=gn​(S).
  • The expected robust error Ξ\XiΞ of gng_ngn​ is the robust error of gn(S)g_n(S)gn​(S) under Pθ,σP_{\theta,\sigma}Pθ,σ​, averaged over S∼Pθ,σ⊗nS \sim P_{\theta,\sigma}^{\otimes n}S∼Pθ,σ⊗n​ and then over a prior θ∼N(0,I)\theta \sim \mathcal N(0, I)θ∼N(0,I). The learner sees SSS but not θ\thetaθ.

Formalization targets

Goal: Corollary 23 (p. 30)

For every learning algorithm gng_ngn​, every σ>0\sigma > 0σ>0 and every ε≥0\varepsilon \ge 0ε≥0,

n≤ε2σ28log⁡d⟹Ξ ≥ (1−1d)12.n \le \frac{\varepsilon^2\sigma^2}{8\log d} \quad\Longrightarrow\quad \Xi \ \ge\ \Big(1 - \frac1d\Big)\frac12 .n≤8logdε2σ2​⟹Ξ ≥ (1−d1​)21​.

Theorem 11 (p. 28)

For every learning algorithm gng_ngn​, every σ>0\sigma > 0σ>0 and every ε≥0\varepsilon \ge 0ε≥0,

Ξ ≥ 12 Pv∼N(0,I)[nσ2+n ∥v∥∞≤ε].\Xi \ \ge\ \frac12\, \mathbb P_{v \sim \mathcal N(0, I)}\Big[\sqrt{\tfrac{n}{\sigma^2+n}}\,\|v\|_\infty \le \varepsilon\Big].Ξ ≥ 21​Pv∼N(0,I)​[σ2+nn​​∥v∥∞​≤ε].

Intermediate statements (milestones)

  1. Eq. (2). Given nnn samples zi∼N(θ,σ2I)z_i \sim \mathcal N(\theta, \sigma^2 I)zi​∼N(θ,σ2I), the posterior of θ∼N(0,I)\theta \sim \mathcal N(0, I)θ∼N(0,I) is N(μ′,Σ′)\mathcal N(\mu', \Sigma')N(μ′,Σ′) with μ′=(σ2+n)−1∑izi\mu' = (\sigma^2+n)^{-1}\sum_i z_iμ′=(σ2+n)−1∑i​zi​ and Σ′=σ2σ2+nI\Sigma' = \frac{\sigma^2}{\sigma^2+n} IΣ′=σ2+nσ2​I. The expectations over θ\thetaθ and over the samples may therefore be exchanged.
  2. Eq. (3). Averaging Pθ,σP_{\theta,\sigma}Pθ,σ​ over θ∼N(m,s2I)\theta \sim \mathcal N(m, s^2 I)θ∼N(m,s2I) gives Pm,s2+σ2P_{m, \sqrt{s^2+\sigma^2}}Pm,s2+σ2​​.
  3. The bound on Ψ\PsiΨ. If ∥m∥∞≤ε\|m\|_\infty \le \varepsilon∥m∥∞​≤ε, every classifier has ℓ∞ε\ell_\infty^\varepsilonℓ∞ε​-robust error at least 12\frac1221​ under Pm,sP_{m,s}Pm,s​.
  4. The law of zˉ\bar zzˉ. The sample mean zˉ\bar zzˉ of the ziz_izi​ is marginally N(0,(1+σ2/n)I)\mathcal N(0, (1+\sigma^2/n) I)N(0,(1+σ2/n)I).
  5. Maximum of ddd Gaussians. Pv∼N(0,Id)[∥v∥∞≤22log⁡d]≥1−1/d\mathbb P_{v\sim\mathcal N(0,I_d)}[\|v\|_\infty \le 2\sqrt{2\log d}] \ge 1 - 1/dPv∼N(0,Id​)​[∥v∥∞​≤22logd​]≥1−1/d.

Corollary 23 is the goal because it is the statement the paper advertises: its main-text Theorem 6 is Corollary 23 with σ=c1d1/4\sigma = c_1 d^{1/4}σ=c1​d1/4.

Significance

In the same model with ∥θ⋆∥2=d\|\theta^\star\|_2 = \sqrt d∥θ⋆∥2​=d​ and σ\sigmaσ of order d1/4d^{1/4}d1/4, a single sample suffices to reach standard error below 1% (Theorem 4 of the paper), and on the order of ε2d\varepsilon^2\sqrt dε2d​ samples suffice for robust error below 1% when ε\varepsilonε is below a small constant (Theorem 5; Corollary 22, formalized in mission 3 of this series). Corollary 23 shows that, up to the logarithmic factor, no learner can do better. Robust generalization then needs ε2d/log⁡d\varepsilon^2 \sqrt d / \log dε2d​/logd times as many samples as standard generalization. The gap is information-theoretic: it concerns every algorithm, not a particular training procedure or model class. The authors present this as a candidate explanation for the robust-generalization gap observed on CIFAR10. The ½ is tight: a constant classifier attains it.

The paper's proof is complete and short. As far as a search of the platform shows, none of its statements has been formalized. A machine-checked version requires multivariate Gaussian conjugacy, Gaussian convolution identities, the outer-measure robust event, and a union bound for the maximum of Gaussians. The Gaussian conjugacy and convolution facts are standard and appear throughout Bayesian statistics. As of this Mathlib version they are not available for stdGaussian on EuclideanSpace.

Difficulty

The obvious attempt fixes θ\thetaθ and bounds the robust error for each θ\thetaθ. That fails: a learner may ignore the data and output the Bayes-optimal robust classifier for one fixed θ\thetaθ, so for each θ\thetaθ some learner does well. The lower bound holds only on average over the prior on θ\thetaθ. The classifier fnf_nfn​ depends on the samples, and the samples depend on θ\thetaθ, so the classifier and the test distribution are correlated through θ\thetaθ. A second obstacle is measure-theoretic. The robust error of a classifier is the probability of an ℓ∞\ell_\inftyℓ∞​-thickening of an arbitrary set {f≠y}\{f \ne y\}{f=y}. Such a set need not be Borel, and it must be bounded below with no structure on the classifier beyond what the learner provides. The same statement with the ℓ2\ell_2ℓ2​ ball is a different theorem.

Formalization scope

  • Rd\mathbb R^dRd is EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin d) with its Borel σ-algebra; N(0,I)\mathcal N(0, I)N(0,I) is Mathlib's stdGaussian; N(m,s2I)\mathcal N(m, s^2 I)N(m,s2I) is its image under v↦m+svv \mapsto m + s vv↦m+sv, so every Gaussian parameter in the development is a standard deviation.
  • The ℓ∞\ell_\inftyℓ∞​ ball is written coordinatewise (∣xi′−xi∣≤ε|x'_i - x_i| \le \varepsilon∣xi′​−xi​∣≤ε for all iii), because the ambient norm is ℓ2\ell_2ℓ2​. ∥v∥∞≤r\|v\|_\infty \le r∥v∥∞​≤r is written the same way.
  • Labels are Bool, with true for +1+1+1. A classifier is ℝ^d → Bool, and a learning algorithm is (Fin n → ℝ^d × Bool) → ℝ^d → Bool.
  • A model is a measure on Rd×\mathbb R^d \timesRd× Bool; nnn samples form the product measure Measure.pi.
  • The robust event need not be Borel. Its probability is the outer measure, which is its probability under the completion. The expectations are lower Lebesgue integrals.
  • Theorem 11 and Corollary 23 assume the learner is jointly measurable in (samples, input). This is the only condition on it. log⁡\loglog is the natural logarithm. With Lean's conventions log⁡0=log⁡1=0\log 0 = \log 1 = 0log0=log1=0 and x/0=0x/0 = 0x/0=0, the goal's hypothesis forces n=0n = 0n=0 for d≤1d \le 1d≤1, where the statement is still true.
  • The paper writes the posterior mean as nσ2+nzˉ\frac{n}{\sigma^2+n}\bar zσ2+nn​zˉ, with "zˉ=∑izi\bar z = \sum_i z_izˉ=∑i​zi​" on p. 28. The formalization uses (σ2+n)−1∑izi(\sigma^2+n)^{-1}\sum_i z_i(σ2+n)−1∑i​zi​, which is the posterior mean. It agrees with the paper when zˉ\bar zzˉ is read as the sample mean, as it is on p. 30.

A formalization that fixes θ\thetaθ instead of averaging over the prior, that restricts the learner (to linear classifiers, or to classifiers that do not depend on the data), that uses the ℓ2\ell_2ℓ2​ ball, or that assumes the posterior formula as a hypothesis states a different theorem. These are ruled out by the definitions file.

Needed infrastructure: the multivariate Gaussian conjugacy and convolution identities for stdGaussian pushforwards, translation invariance of outer measure under Gaussian shifts, and a sub-Gaussian tail bound for one coordinate. The Gaussian identities are reusable well beyond this mission. Contributions of general Gaussian lemmas, stated for stdGaussian on any finite-dimensional inner product space, are welcome. Related platform work: missions 2–4 of this series formalize the Bernoulli-model lower bound and the two upper bounds of the same paper.

Selected references

  • L. Schmidt, S. Santurkar, D. Tsipras, K. Talwar, A. Mądry, Adversarially Robust Generalization Requires More Data, NeurIPS 2018; arXiv:1804.11285v2, 2018. https://arxiv.org/abs/1804.11285
  • A. Madry, A. Makelov, L. Schmidt, D. Tsipras, A. Vladu, Towards Deep Learning Models Resistant to Adversarial Attacks, ICLR 2018. https://arxiv.org/abs/1706.06083
  • C. Szegedy, W. Zaremba, I. Sutskever, J. Bruna, D. Erhan, I. Goodfellow, R. Fergus, Intriguing properties of neural networks, ICLR 2014. https://arxiv.org/abs/1312.6199
  • I. Goodfellow, J. Shlens, C. Szegedy, Explaining and Harnessing Adversarial Examples, ICLR 2015. https://arxiv.org/abs/1412.6572
  • S. Boucheron, G. Lugosi, P. Massart, Concentration Inequalities: A Nonasymptotic Theory of Independence, Oxford University Press, 2013 (Theorem 5.8). https://doi.org/10.1093/acprof:oso/9780199535255.001.0001
8 thms4 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Operations ResearchOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Advance Demand Information, Price Discrimination, and Preorder Strategies: When Preorder Profit Increases with Demand CorrelationResearch Paper

Motivation

Firms that sell new products (consoles, books, films) often take preorders before release. A preorder serves two purposes at once. It lets the firm charge early adopters a different price from later buyers, a form of price discrimination, and the number of preorders is advance demand information: an early signal of how large regular-season demand will be. Li and Zhang (MSOM 15(1), 2013) ask whether better advance information always helps a seller who runs a preorder, when consumers are strategic and anticipate the seller's stocking decision. Their answer is no. The second-period stocking decision improves, but the preorder price can fall. Whether the net effect is positive depends on the low-type margin and the size of the early-adopter segment.

This mission formalizes that answer, §4 of the paper: the preorder profit as a function of the demand correlation ρ\rhoρ.

Setting

A seller sells a perishable product over two periods. High-type consumers, with valuation vHv_HvH​, arrive in the first period and may preorder at price p1p_1p1​. Low-type consumers, with valuation vL<vHv_L < v_HvL​<vH​, arrive in the second period, when the price is p2p_2p2​. A high type who waits values the product at δvH\delta v_HδvH​, where δ≤1\delta \le 1δ≤1 and δvH>vL\delta v_H > v_LδvH​>vL​. The unit cost is ccc, with 0<c<vL0 < c < v_L0<c<vL​. Unsold units have no salvage value and unmet demand carries no penalty. Write Δ=δvH−vL\Delta = \delta v_H - v_LΔ=δvH​−vL​.

The demands are jointly normal with correlation ρ∈[0,1)\rho \in [0,1)ρ∈[0,1). The high-type demand has mean μH\mu_HμH​, and XXX denotes its standardization, a standard normal variable. The low-type demand has mean μL\mu_LμL​, standard deviation σL\sigma_LσL​ and λL=μL/σL\lambda_L = \mu_L/\sigma_LλL​=μL​/σL​. Given X=xX = xX=x, the updated low-type demand X~L(x)\tilde X_L(x)X~L​(x) is normal with mean μ~L(x)=μL+ρσLx\tilde\mu_L(x) = \mu_L + \rho\sigma_L xμ~​L​(x)=μL​+ρσL​x and standard deviation σ~L=σL1−ρ2\tilde\sigma_L = \sigma_L\sqrt{1-\rho^2}σ~L​=σL​1−ρ2​. Φ\PhiΦ and ϕ\phiϕ are the standard normal distribution function and density, and zLz_LzL​ solves Φ(zL)=(vL−c)/vL\Phi(z_L) = (v_L - c)/v_LΦ(zL​)=(vL​−c)/vL​.

In the second period the seller charges p2=vLp_2 = v_Lp2​=vL​ and solves a newsvendor problem. It orders

Q(x)=μ~L(x)+zLσ~L(1)Q(x) = \tilde\mu_L(x) + z_L\tilde\sigma_L \qquad (1)Q(x)=μ~​L​(x)+zL​σ~L​(1)

and earns ΠL(x)=(vL−c)(μL+ρσLx)−vLϕ(zL)σL1−ρ2\Pi_L(x) = (v_L - c)(\mu_L + \rho\sigma_L x) - v_L\phi(z_L)\sigma_L\sqrt{1-\rho^2}ΠL​(x)=(vL​−c)(μL​+ρσL​x)−vL​ϕ(zL​)σL​1−ρ2​ (2). A waiting high type believes half of the remaining consumers will be served before her, so her belief of product availability is

ξ(ρ)=E[Pr⁡(X~L(X)2<Q(X))].(3)\xi(\rho) = \mathbb E\Big[\Pr\Big(\tfrac{\tilde X_L(X)}{2} < Q(X)\Big)\Big]. \qquad (3)ξ(ρ)=E[Pr(2X~L​(X)​<Q(X))].(3)

In the rational-expectations equilibrium every high type preorders at p1=vH−Δξp_1 = v_H - \Delta\xip1​=vH​−Δξ. The preorder profit is

Πp(ρ)=(vH−Δξ(ρ)−c)μH+ΠL(0).(4)\Pi^p(\rho) = (v_H - \Delta\xi(\rho) - c)\mu_H + \Pi_L(0). \qquad (4)Πp(ρ)=(vH​−Δξ(ρ)−c)μH​+ΠL​(0).(4)

The threshold is

μ~(ρ)=−vLϕ(zL)σL2ΔzL ϕ(2zL1−ρ2+λL).(6)\tilde\mu(\rho) = -\frac{v_L\phi(z_L)\sigma_L}{2\Delta z_L\,\phi\big(2z_L\sqrt{1-\rho^2} + \lambda_L\big)}. \qquad (6)μ~​(ρ)=−2ΔzL​ϕ(2zL​1−ρ2​+λL​)vL​ϕ(zL​)σL​​.(6)

Formalization targets

Goal: PROPOSITION 2

(i) c<vL<2c: Πp strictly increases on every interval where μH<μ~(ρ),and strictly decreases on every interval where μH≥μ~(ρ);(ii) vL≥2c: Πp strictly increases on [0,1).\begin{aligned} &\text{(i) } c < v_L < 2c:\ \Pi^p \text{ strictly increases on every interval where } \mu_H < \tilde\mu(\rho),\\ &\qquad\text{and strictly decreases on every interval where } \mu_H \ge \tilde\mu(\rho);\\ &\text{(ii) } v_L \ge 2c:\ \Pi^p \text{ strictly increases on } [0,1). \end{aligned}​(i) c<vL​<2c: Πp strictly increases on every interval where μH​<μ~​(ρ),and strictly decreases on every interval where μH​≥μ~​(ρ);(ii) vL​≥2c: Πp strictly increases on [0,1).​

Milestones

  1. (1)–(2): Q(x)Q(x)Q(x) is the unique maximizer of E[vLmin⁡(Q,X~L(x))−cQ]\mathbb E[v_L\min(Q,\tilde X_L(x)) - cQ]E[vL​min(Q,X~L​(x))−cQ], and its value is ΠL(x)\Pi_L(x)ΠL​(x).
  2. (3): ξ(ρ)=E[Φ((λL+ρX)/1−ρ2+2zL)]\xi(\rho) = \mathbb E\big[\Phi\big((\lambda_L + \rho X)/\sqrt{1-\rho^2} + 2z_L\big)\big]ξ(ρ)=E[Φ((λL​+ρX)/1−ρ2​+2zL​)].
  3. LEMMA 1(i): if c<vL<2cc < v_L < 2cc<vL​<2c, then zL<0z_L < 0zL​<0 and ξ\xiξ is strictly increasing in ρ\rhoρ.
  4. LEMMA 1(ii): if vL≥2cv_L \ge 2cvL​≥2c, then zL≥0z_L \ge 0zL​≥0 and ξ\xiξ is non-increasing in ρ\rhoρ, strictly so when vL>2cv_L > 2cvL​>2c.
  5. After (5): ddρΠL(0)=vLϕ(zL)σL ρ/1−ρ2>0\dfrac{d}{d\rho}\Pi_L(0) = v_L\phi(z_L)\sigma_L\,\rho/\sqrt{1-\rho^2} > 0dρd​ΠL​(0)=vL​ϕ(zL​)σL​ρ/1−ρ2​>0 for ρ∈(0,1)\rho \in (0,1)ρ∈(0,1).
  6. PROPOSITION 2(i), pointwise: for ρ∈(0,1)\rho \in (0,1)ρ∈(0,1), dΠp/dρ>0  ⟺  μH<μ~(ρ)d\Pi^p/d\rho > 0 \iff \mu_H < \tilde\mu(\rho)dΠp/dρ>0⟺μH​<μ~​(ρ) and dΠp/dρ<0  ⟺  μH>μ~(ρ)d\Pi^p/d\rho < 0 \iff \mu_H > \tilde\mu(\rho)dΠp/dρ<0⟺μH​>μ~​(ρ).
  7. LEMMA 2(i): if −λL/2<zL<0-\lambda_L/2 < z_L < 0−λL​/2<zL​<0, then μ~\tilde\muμ~​ is strictly increasing in ρ\rhoρ.
  8. LEMMA 2(ii): if zL≤−λL/2z_L \le -\lambda_L/2zL​≤−λL​/2, then μ~\tilde\muμ~​ is quasi-convex in ρ\rhoρ.

Significance

The proposition splits the value of advance demand information into two effects with opposite signs. Better information always raises the second-period profit (milestone 5). Its effect on the preorder price depends on the margin. When vL<2cv_L < 2cvL​<2c, the seller stocks below the conditional mean. A more precise forecast then raises the stock and the availability ξ\xiξ, and waiting becomes more attractive, which lowers the preorder price. The threshold μ~(ρ)\tilde\mu(\rho)μ~​(ρ) says which effect wins, and LEMMA 2 describes its shape. This is the basis for the paper's later comparisons of preorder, price-guarantee and no-preorder strategies.

The paper states these results and leaves the proofs to an online appendix. None of them has a machine-checked proof. A complete development would also give reusable facts about normal laws: the expectation E[Φ(a+bX)]\mathbb E[\Phi(a + bX)]E[Φ(a+bX)] for standard normal XXX, the normal newsvendor solution with its closed-form optimal profit, and derivatives of Gaussian integrals with respect to a correlation parameter.

Difficulty

The model is explicit, so the difficulty is not in modelling. It is in turning the two expectations into closed forms and differentiating them. The availability ξ\xiξ is an integral over XXX of a normal probability whose mean and variance both move with ρ\rhoρ. The expected newsvendor profit involves E[min⁡(Q,Y)]\mathbb E[\min(Q, Y)]E[min(Q,Y)] for a normal YYY. Neither closed form is in Mathlib, and neither is a derivative in ρ\rhoρ of a Gaussian integral. The obvious route, differentiating under the integral sign in (3), needs domination estimates that are uniform in ρ\rhoρ near each point, and these degenerate as ρ→1\rho \to 1ρ→1.

Signs are the second difficulty. zLz_LzL​ changes sign at vL=2cv_L = 2cvL​=2c, μ~\tilde\muμ~​ carries a leading minus and divides by zLz_LzL​, and the derivative of Πp\Pi^pΠp vanishes at ρ=0\rho = 0ρ=0 and wherever μ~(ρ)=μH\tilde\mu(\rho) = \mu_Hμ~​(ρ)=μH​. Strict monotonicity on an interval has to be recovered from a derivative that is positive except at finitely many points.

Formalization scope

Everything lives in the namespace PreorderADI.Correlation. A structure Params holds vH,vL,c,δ,μH,μL,σL,zLv_H, v_L, c, \delta, \mu_H, \mu_L, \sigma_L, z_LvH​,vL​,c,δ,μH​,μL​,σL​,zL​. The predicate Params.Standing records the model's assumptions: vH>vLv_H > v_LvH​>vL​, c<vLc < v_Lc<vL​, δ≤1\delta \le 1δ≤1 and δvH>vL\delta v_H > v_LδvH​>vL​, together with Φ(zL)=(vL−c)/vL\Phi(z_L) = (v_L-c)/v_LΦ(zL​)=(vL​−c)/vL​. σH\sigma_HσH​ is omitted because nothing in §4 uses it after standardization. Φ\PhiΦ is ProbabilityTheory.cdf (gaussianReal 0 1) and ϕ\phiϕ is gaussianPDFReal 0 1. The normal law with mean mmm and standard deviation sss is gaussianReal m (s^2).

The formalization commits to the following conventions and additions:

  • Added hypotheses. Four hypotheses are added to the page's assumptions:
    • c>0c > 0c>0, so that zLz_LzL​ exists;
    • σL>0\sigma_L > 0σL​>0, so that the conditional law is a genuine normal law;
    • μL>0\mu_L > 0μL​>0, so that λL>0\lambda_L > 0λL​>0, as LEMMA 2 presupposes;
    • μH>0\mu_H > 0μH​>0, which PROPOSITION 2(ii) needs.
  • zLz_LzL​. zLz_LzL​ is a parameter pinned down by Φ(zL)=(vL−c)/vL\Phi(z_L) = (v_L-c)/v_LΦ(zL​)=(vL​−c)/vL​, not an inverse function with junk values.
  • Range of ρ\rhoρ. ρ\rhoρ ranges over [0,1)[0,1)[0,1), the paper's "we will focus on ρ≥0\rho \ge 0ρ≥0" together with ρ<1\rho < 1ρ<1. Derivative statements use (0,1)(0,1)(0,1).
  • ξ\xiξ and Πp\Pi^pΠp. ξ\xiξ is defined as the first expression of (3), the expected probability, so that no closed form is assumed. Πp\Pi^pΠp is defined by (4). PROPOSITION 1, which derives (4) as the unique equilibrium profit, is not formalized: the paper defines the equilibrium only through conditions that already assume every high type preorders.
  • Monotonicity. "Increases in ρ\rhoρ when μH<μ~(ρ)\mu_H < \tilde\mu(\rho)μH​<μ~​(ρ)" is formalized as strict monotonicity on every order-connected I⊆[0,1)I \subseteq [0,1)I⊆[0,1) on which the condition holds. "Decreasing" in LEMMA 1(ii) is non-strict, since ξ\xiξ is constant when vL=2cv_L = 2cvL​=2c. Quasi-convexity is Mathlib's QuasiconvexOn.
  • The ε_v sentence is omitted. PROPOSITION 2(i) also claims that some εv>0\varepsilon_v > 0εv​>0 makes Πp\Pi^pΠp always decrease when vL<c+εvv_L < c + \varepsilon_vvL​<c+εv​. That claim is false in the paper's own model. As vL↓cv_L \downarrow cvL​↓c, μ~(ρ)→∞\tilde\mu(\rho) \to \inftyμ~​(ρ)→∞ for ρ\rhoρ below roughly 3/2\sqrt 3/23​/2, so Πp\Pi^pΠp increases there for every fixed μH\mu_HμH​. The paper's Figure 1 shows the same behaviour.
  • Out of scope. §5 rests on an approximation that treats normal demands as nonnegative, so it is excluded. §§6–7 depend on models given only in the online appendix and are excluded too.

A statement about the closed form Φ(λL+2zL1−ρ2)\Phi(\lambda_L + 2z_L\sqrt{1-\rho^2})Φ(λL​+2zL​1−ρ2​) in place of ξ\xiξ would make LEMMA 1 a one-line monotonicity fact. So would a definition of Πp\Pi^pΠp that bypasses (3). The definitions rule both out.

Welcome contributions include proofs of the milestones, general Mathlib-style lemmas on Gaussian expectations of Φ\PhiΦ and of min⁡(Q,Y)\min(Q, Y)min(Q,Y), and a formalization of PROPOSITION 1 from conditions (i)–(v).

Selected references

  • C. Li and F. Zhang, Advance Demand Information, Price Discrimination, and Preorder Strategies, Manufacturing & Service Operations Management 15(1):57–71, 2013. https://doi.org/10.1287/msom.1120.0398
  • G. P. Cachon and R. Swinney, Purchasing, Pricing, and Quick Response in the Presence of Strategic Consumers, Management Science 55(3):497–511, 2009. https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.1080.0948
  • X. Su and F. Zhang, On the Value of Commitment and Availability Guarantees When Selling to Strategic Consumers, Management Science 55(5):713–726, 2009. https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.1080.0967
10 thms4 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Information TheoryOperations ResearchOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Worst-Case Value-At-Risk and Robust Portfolio Optimization: A Conic Programming Approach 2: Closed Form of the Entropy-Constrained Worst-Case VaRResearch Paper

Motivation

Value-at-Risk (VaR) is the loss level that a portfolio exceeds with probability at most ε\varepsilonε. It is the standard risk measure of banking regulation, and its classical computation assumes Gaussian returns: for a Gaussian return vector with mean x^\hat xx^ and covariance Γ\GammaΓ it equals −Φ−1(ε)w⊤Γw−x^⊤w-\Phi^{-1}(\varepsilon)\sqrt{w^\top\Gamma w} - \hat x^\top w−Φ−1(ε)w⊤Γw​−x^⊤w, where Φ\PhiΦ is the standard normal distribution function. Real returns are not exactly Gaussian, and a VaR computed from a misspecified distribution can badly understate risk.

El Ghaoui, Oks and Oustry (Oper. Res. 51(4), 2003) replace the single distribution by a class P\mathcal PP of distributions and define the worst-case VaR as the smallest loss level whose probability is at most ε\varepsilonε under every distribution of the class. Their first class, distributions with a given mean and covariance, leads to the Chebyshev-type bound of their Theorem 1, whose worst case is attained by discrete distributions. §4.2 of the paper asks instead for distributions that stay close to a Gaussian, measured by relative entropy (Kullback–Leibler divergence). Such balls are the basic uncertainty sets of distributionally robust optimization and of robust control in economics (Hansen and Sargent's multiplier and constraint preferences), and they give a smooth worst case. Theorem 9 computes the resulting worst-case VaR in closed form.

Setting

Returns are random vectors x∈Rnx \in \mathbb R^nx∈Rn and a portfolio is a vector w∈Rnw \in \mathbb R^nw∈Rn with w≠0w \neq 0w=0; its return is r(w,x)=w⊤xr(w,x) = w^\top xr(w,x)=w⊤x. For a level γ∈R\gamma \in \mathbb Rγ∈R the loss set is Sγ={x:γ≤−x⊤w}\mathcal S_\gamma = \{x : \gamma \le -x^\top w\}Sγ​={x:γ≤−x⊤w} (Eq. 13 of the paper).

Given a class P\mathcal PP of probability distributions on Rn\mathbb R^nRn and ε∈(0,1)\varepsilon \in (0,1)ε∈(0,1), the worst-case Value-at-Risk (Eq. 4) is

VP(w)=min⁡{γ∈R:sup⁡P∈PP(Sγ)≤ε}.V_{\mathcal P}(w) = \min\Big\{\gamma \in \mathbb R : \sup_{P \in \mathcal P} P(\mathcal S_\gamma) \le \varepsilon\Big\}.VP​(w)=min{γ∈R:P∈Psup​P(Sγ​)≤ε}.

Fix a mean x^∈Rn\hat x \in \mathbb R^nx^∈Rn and a positive definite covariance Γ≻0\Gamma \succ 0Γ≻0, and let P0=N(x^,Γ)P_0 = \mathcal N(\hat x, \Gamma)P0​=N(x^,Γ) be the reference Gaussian. For d≥0d \ge 0d≥0 the relative-entropy class (Eq. 43) is

Pd={P probability on Rn:KL(P,P0)=∫log⁡dPdP0 dP≤d},\mathcal P_d = \Big\{P \text{ probability on } \mathbb R^n : \mathrm{KL}(P, P_0) = \int \log\frac{dP}{dP_0}\,dP \le d\Big\},Pd​={P probability on Rn:KL(P,P0​)=∫logdP0​dP​dP≤d},

with KL(P,P0)=+∞\mathrm{KL}(P,P_0) = +\inftyKL(P,P0​)=+∞ unless PPP is absolutely continuous with respect to P0P_0P0​.

The risk factor (Eq. 45) is

f(ε,d)=sup⁡λ>0eε/λ−d−1e1/λ−1,κ(ε,d)=−Φ−1(f(ε,d)),f(\varepsilon,d) = \sup_{\lambda>0}\frac{e^{\varepsilon/\lambda - d} - 1}{e^{1/\lambda} - 1}, \qquad \kappa(\varepsilon,d) = -\Phi^{-1}\big(f(\varepsilon,d)\big),f(ε,d)=λ>0sup​e1/λ−1eε/λ−d−1​,κ(ε,d)=−Φ−1(f(ε,d)),

and the Gaussian tail of the loss set is ϕ(γ)=P0(Sγ)=1−Φ((γ+w⊤x^)/w⊤Γw)\phi(\gamma) = P_0(\mathcal S_\gamma) = 1 - \Phi\big((\gamma + w^\top\hat x)/\sqrt{w^\top\Gamma w}\big)ϕ(γ)=P0​(Sγ​)=1−Φ((γ+w⊤x^)/w⊤Γw​).

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 9 (p. 553)

For Γ≻0\Gamma \succ 0Γ≻0, w≠0w \neq 0w=0, d≥0d \ge 0d≥0 and 0<ε<10 < \varepsilon < 10<ε<1, the minimum in (4) over Pd\mathcal P_dPd​ exists and

VPd(w)=κ(ε,d)w⊤Γw−x^⊤w.(44)V_{\mathcal P_d}(w) = \kappa(\varepsilon,d)\sqrt{w^\top\Gamma w} - \hat x^\top w. \tag{44}VPd​​(w)=κ(ε,d)w⊤Γw​−x^⊤w.(44)

Milestones

The milestones follow the proof of Theorem 9 on pp. 553–554, in attack order.

  1. Eq. (45). The two expressions of fff agree: sup⁡λ>0eε/λ−d−1e1/λ−1=sup⁡v>0e−d(v+1)ε−1v\sup_{\lambda>0}\frac{e^{\varepsilon/\lambda-d}-1}{e^{1/\lambda}-1} = \sup_{v>0}\frac{e^{-d}(v+1)^\varepsilon - 1}{v}supλ>0​e1/λ−1eε/λ−d−1​=supv>0​ve−d(v+1)ε−1​.
  2. Gaussian tail. P0(Sγ)=1−Φ((γ+w⊤x^)/w⊤Γw)P_0(\mathcal S_\gamma) = 1 - \Phi\big((\gamma + w^\top\hat x)/\sqrt{w^\top\Gamma w}\big)P0​(Sγ​)=1−Φ((γ+w⊤x^)/w⊤Γw​).
  3. Eq. (47). For λ>0\lambda > 0λ>0, the Lagrangian L(Q)=Q(Sγ)+λ0(1−Q(Rn))+λ(d−KL-integral)L(Q) = Q(\mathcal S_\gamma) + \lambda_0(1 - Q(\mathbb R^n)) + \lambda(d - \mathrm{KL}\text{-integral})L(Q)=Q(Sγ​)+λ0​(1−Q(Rn))+λ(d−KL-integral) is maximised over finite measures Q≪P0Q \ll P_0Q≪P0​ by the exponentially tilted density dQ⋆/dP0=exp⁡((χS−λ0)/λ−1)dQ^\star/dP_0 = \exp((\chi_{\mathcal S} - \lambda_0)/\lambda - 1)dQ⋆/dP0​=exp((χS​−λ0​)/λ−1), with value
θ(λ0,λ)=λ0+λd+λe−λ0/λ−1((e1/λ−1)ϕ(γ)+1).\theta(\lambda_0,\lambda) = \lambda_0 + \lambda d + \lambda e^{-\lambda_0/\lambda - 1}\big((e^{1/\lambda}-1)\phi(\gamma) + 1\big).θ(λ0​,λ)=λ0​+λd+λe−λ0​/λ−1((e1/λ−1)ϕ(γ)+1).
  1. Eq. (48). min⁡λ0∈Rθ(λ0,λ)=λd+λlog⁡((e1/λ−1)ϕ(γ)+1)\min_{\lambda_0\in\mathbb R}\theta(\lambda_0,\lambda) = \lambda d + \lambda\log\big((e^{1/\lambda}-1)\phi(\gamma)+1\big)minλ0​∈R​θ(λ0​,λ)=λd+λlog((e1/λ−1)ϕ(γ)+1).
  2. Duality. sup⁡P∈PdP(Sγ)=inf⁡λ>0(λd+λlog⁡((e1/λ−1)ϕ(γ)+1))\sup_{P\in\mathcal P_d} P(\mathcal S_\gamma) = \inf_{\lambda>0}\big(\lambda d + \lambda\log((e^{1/\lambda}-1)\phi(\gamma)+1)\big)supP∈Pd​​P(Sγ​)=infλ>0​(λd+λlog((e1/λ−1)ϕ(γ)+1)).
  3. Inversion. For d>0d > 0d>0: some λ>0\lambda > 0λ>0 makes the dual value at most ε\varepsilonε if and only if γ≥κ(ε,d)w⊤Γw−w⊤x^\gamma \ge \kappa(\varepsilon,d)\sqrt{w^\top\Gamma w} - w^\top\hat xγ≥κ(ε,d)w⊤Γw​−w⊤x^.
  4. Remark after Theorem 9. f(ε,0)=εf(\varepsilon, 0) = \varepsilonf(ε,0)=ε, so κ(ε,0)=−Φ−1(ε)\kappa(\varepsilon,0) = -\Phi^{-1}(\varepsilon)κ(ε,0)=−Φ−1(ε). The risk factor κ(ε,d)\kappa(\varepsilon, d)κ(ε,d) is strictly increasing in d≥0d \ge 0d≥0.

Significance

Theorem 9 says that an entropy ball around a Gaussian leaves the form of the Gaussian VaR unchanged: only the risk factor moves, from −Φ−1(ε)-\Phi^{-1}(\varepsilon)−Φ−1(ε) to κ(ε,d)\kappa(\varepsilon,d)κ(ε,d), a scalar computed by a one-dimensional maximisation. The worst-case VaR therefore stays a convex function of www whenever κ≥0\kappa \ge 0κ≥0, and minimising it over a polytope of portfolios is a second-order cone program (problem (3) of the paper). The number f(ε,d)f(\varepsilon,d)f(ε,d) is the largest ppp with KL(Bernoulli(ε) ∥ Bernoulli(p))≤d\mathrm{KL}(\mathrm{Bernoulli}(\varepsilon)\,\|\,\mathrm{Bernoulli}(p)) \le dKL(Bernoulli(ε)∥Bernoulli(p))≤d, which ties the result to the binary-divergence bounds used throughout information theory.

The theorem was proved in 2003. The worst-case-probability step (milestone 5) is an instance of the Donsker–Varadhan / Gibbs variational duality for relative-entropy balls, which the paper imports from the literature (Smith 1995). No machine-checked proof of Theorem 9 or of this duality on Rn\mathbb R^nRn is known. A formalization would give a verified closed form for a relative-entropy distributionally robust chance constraint, and the duality and tilting lemmas would serve any mission on KL-ball robust optimization.

Difficulty

The obvious argument is Lagrangian duality for the infinite-dimensional problem sup⁡{P(Sγ):KL(P,P0)≤d}\sup\{P(\mathcal S_\gamma) : \mathrm{KL}(P,P_0) \le d\}sup{P(Sγ​):KL(P,P0​)≤d}. Weak duality and the pointwise maximisation that produces the tilted density are elementary. The difficulty is the step the paper cites rather than proves: that the duality gap is zero, and that the supremum over distributions equals the infimum of the dual over λ>0\lambda > 0λ>0. The feasible set is a set of measures, the objective is an indicator, and the constraint is a divergence that is +∞+\infty+∞ off a set of absolutely continuous measures, so a finite-dimensional Slater argument does not apply as stated.

The second difficulty is at the boundary of the parameters. At d=0d = 0d=0 the supremum defining f(ε,0)f(\varepsilon,0)f(ε,0) is approached only as λ→∞\lambda \to \inftyλ→∞, so the final inversion step behaves differently from d>0d > 0d>0. At ε=1\varepsilon = 1ε=1 the theorem is false, since every level γ\gammaγ is feasible and (4) has no minimum.

Formalization scope

Returns live in EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin n). P0P_0P0​ is Mathlib's multivariateGaussian xhat Γ with Γ.PosDef, and KL\mathrm{KL}KL is InformationTheory.klDiv, which is ∞\infty∞ unless P≪P0P \ll P_0P≪P0​ with integrable log-likelihood ratio and equals ∫log⁡dPdP0 dP\int\log\frac{dP}{dP_0}\,dP∫logdP0​dP​dP otherwise for probability measures. The class Pd\mathcal P_dPd​ requires IsProbabilityMeasure P. Φ\PhiΦ is cdf (gaussianReal 0 1), and Φ−1(p)\Phi^{-1}(p)Φ−1(p) is defined as inf⁡{t:p≤Φ(t)}\inf\{t : p \le \Phi(t)\}inf{t:p≤Φ(t)}, which inverts Φ\PhiΦ on (0,1)(0,1)(0,1). The quadratic form w⊤Γww^\top\Gamma ww⊤Γw is a double sum, and ∥Γ1/2w∥2\|\Gamma^{1/2}w\|_2∥Γ1/2w∥2​ is written w⊤Γw\sqrt{w^\top\Gamma w}w⊤Γw​.

Conventions the Lean statements commit to:

  • "min" in (4) is IsLeast of the feasible set {γ:P(Sγ)≤ε ∀P∈Pd}\{\gamma : P(\mathcal S_\gamma) \le \varepsilon \ \forall P \in \mathcal P_d\}{γ:P(Sγ​)≤ε ∀P∈Pd​}. "sup⁡PP(Sγ)≤ε\sup_{P}P(\mathcal S_\gamma) \le \varepsilonsupP​P(Sγ​)≤ε" is written "for every PPP", with probabilities compared in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞].
  • The paper prints ε∈(0,1]\varepsilon \in (0,1]ε∈(0,1]. The mission assumes 0<ε<10 < \varepsilon < 10<ε<1, because the goal is false at ε=1\varepsilon = 1ε=1.
  • w≠0w \neq 0w=0 is the paper's assumption that the admissible set of portfolios excludes 000.
  • f(ε,d)f(\varepsilon,d)f(ε,d) is a Lean sSup of a set that is nonempty and bounded above by 111 for ε≤1\varepsilon \le 1ε≤1, d≥0d \ge 0d≥0.
  • The duality of milestone 5 is stated as the existence of one real number that is both the least upper bound of the worst-case probabilities and the greatest lower bound of the dual values, not as an equality of Lean's sSup and sInf.
  • Eq. (48) is stated as an attained minimum (IsLeast), which the calculus gives.
  • Milestone 3 works with finite measures Q≪P0Q \ll P_0Q≪P0​ with integrable log-likelihood ratio in place of the paper's densities ppp. It uses the complement of Sγ\mathcal S_\gammaSγ​ where the paper writes {γ≥−x⊤w}\{\gamma \ge -x^\top w\}{γ≥−x⊤w}, which differs by a P0P_0P0​-null hyperplane.
  • Milestone 6 assumes d>0d > 0d>0; the goal keeps d≥0d \ge 0d≥0.

Restricting Pd\mathcal P_dPd​ to {P0}\{P_0\}{P0​}, dropping IsProbabilityMeasure, or taking an arbitrary reference measure would trivialize or change the theorem. The class is the full KL ball around the nondegenerate Gaussian.

Infrastructure a complete development needs: the pushforward of a multivariate Gaussian under a linear functional (a one-dimensional Gaussian), the Gibbs variational principle for relative entropy, the strong duality for KL balls, and properties of Φ\PhiΦ and its quantile (continuity, strict monotonicity, symmetry Φ(−t)=1−Φ(t)\Phi(-t) = 1 - \Phi(t)Φ(−t)=1−Φ(t)). The Gaussian-quantile and KL-ball duality lemmas are reusable beyond this mission. Contributions of any of these as separate lemmas are welcome.

Selected references

  • L. El Ghaoui, M. Oks, F. Oustry, Worst-Case Value-at-Risk and Robust Portfolio Optimization: A Conic Programming Approach, Operations Research 51(4):543–556, 2003. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.51.4.543.16101
  • J. E. Smith, Generalized Chebychev Inequalities: Theory and Applications in Decision Analysis, Operations Research 43(5):807–825, 1995. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.43.5.807
  • M. D. Donsker, S. R. S. Varadhan, Asymptotic evaluation of certain Markov process expectations for large time, I, Communications on Pure and Applied Mathematics 28(1):1–47, 1975. https://doi.org/10.1002/cpa.3160280102
  • L. P. Hansen, T. J. Sargent, Robust Control and Model Uncertainty, American Economic Review 91(2):60–66, 2001. https://doi.org/10.1257/aer.91.2.60
9 thms4 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Algorithmic Game TheoryMachine LearningStatistics·Captain: mikedeng1

Calibrated Learning and Correlated Equilibrium III: A Randomized Forecast Calibrated against Every OpponentResearch Paper

Motivation

A forecaster who announces "70% chance of rain" is calibrated if, among the days on which that number was announced, it rained on about 70% of them. Dawid (The well-calibrated Bayesian, JASA 1982) proposed calibration as the minimal requirement of an honest probability forecaster. Oakes (Self-calibrating priors do not exist, JASA 1985) showed that no deterministic forecasting rule can be calibrated against every sequence of outcomes: an adversary who knows the rule can always choose the outcome that contradicts the forecast.

Foster and Vohra (Calibrated learning and correlated equilibrium, Games Econ. Behav. 21 (1997) 40–55) use calibration as the bridge between learning and equilibrium in repeated games. Their Theorem 1 says that if each player best-responds to calibrated forecasts of the opponent, the empirical distribution of play converges to the set of correlated equilibria. That theorem is only useful if calibrated forecasts can actually be produced whatever the opponent does. Theorem 3 of the paper, credited to an unpublished 1991 manuscript of the same authors and proved in the paper's Appendix, says they can, provided the forecaster randomizes.

Timeline. Dawid (1982) defines calibration. Oakes (1985) rules out deterministic calibrated forecasting against arbitrary sequences. Foster and Vohra (1991 manuscript; 1997 paper, Theorem 3 and Appendix) give a randomized forecaster calibrated against any opponent, through a pairwise ("internal") no-regret property. The full argument appeared in Foster and Vohra, Asymptotic calibration, Biometrika 85 (1998). Hart and Mas-Colell (A simple adaptive procedure leading to correlated equilibrium, Econometrica 2000) later made internal regret the standard route to correlated equilibrium.

Setting

Player 2 has n≥1n\ge 1n≥1 pure strategies j∈{0,…,n−1}j\in\{0,\dots,n-1\}j∈{0,…,n−1}. In every round, player 1 announces a forecast p∈Rnp\in\mathbb R^np∈Rn, a probability vector (pj≥0p_j\ge 0pj​≥0, ∑jpj=1\sum_j p_j = 1∑j​pj​=1), and player 2 plays a strategy jjj. The two moves are simultaneous: player 2 does not see the current forecast.

A history hhh of length ttt is the list of the ttt pairs (forecast, play), oldest first. For a forecast vector ppp and a strategy jjj:

  • N(p,t)N(p,t)N(p,t) is the number of rounds of hhh in which ppp was forecast;
  • ρ(p,j,t)\rho(p,j,t)ρ(p,j,t) is the fraction of those rounds in which player 2 played jjj (and 000 if N(p,t)=0N(p,t)=0N(p,t)=0);
  • the calibration score (Eq. (1), p. 49) is
Ct=∑p∑j∣ρ(p,j,t)−pj∣ N(p,t)t.C_t = \sum_p\sum_j \bigl|\rho(p,j,t) - p_j\bigr|\,\frac{N(p,t)}{t}.Ct​=p∑​j∑​​ρ(p,j,t)−pj​​tN(p,t)​.

A randomized forecaster FFF maps each history to a probability distribution on forecasts. A learning rule AAA of player 2 maps each history to a probability distribution on strategies. In round t+1t+1t+1 the forecast is drawn from F(h)F(h)F(h) and the play from A(h)A(h)A(h), independently given the history hhh of the first ttt rounds. This defines the law PF,A\mathbb P_{F,A}PF,A​ of the first ttt rounds (histLaw F A t).

For the Appendix: with kkk forecasts, losses LtiL_t^iLti​ and mixing weights wtiw_t^iwti​, the pairwise regret of replacing forecast iii by forecast jjj is

RTi→j=max⁡{0, ∑t=1Twti (Lti−Ltj)}.R_T^{i\to j} = \max\Bigl\{0,\ \sum_{t=1}^T w_t^i\,(L_t^i - L_t^j)\Bigr\}.RTi→j​=max{0, t=1∑T​wti​(Lti​−Ltj​)}.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 3 (p. 49)

There is a forecaster FFF, with probability-vector forecasts, such that for every learning rule AAA of player 2 and every ε>0\varepsilon>0ε>0,

lim⁡t→∞PF,A(Ct<ε)=1.\lim_{t\to\infty}\mathbb P_{F,A}\bigl(C_t<\varepsilon\bigr) = 1.t→∞lim​PF,A​(Ct​<ε)=1.

The forecaster is fixed before the opponent; no rate is claimed, and the rate may depend on AAA.

Milestones, in the order the Appendix uses them

  1. Flow conservation is solvable (p. 52). For every nonnegative k×kk\times kk×k matrix RRR, k≥1k\ge 1k≥1, there is a probability vector www with wi∑jRi→j=∑jwjRj→iw^i\sum_j R^{i\to j} = \sum_j w^j R^{j\to i}wi∑j​Ri→j=∑j​wjRj→i for all iii.
  2. Lemma 1 (No-Regret) (p. 52). With losses in [0,1][0,1][0,1] and weights solving flow conservation for the previous regrets,
RTi→j≤2kTfor all i,j,T.R_T^{i\to j}\le\sqrt{2kT}\quad\text{for all } i,j,T.RTi→j​≤2kT​for all i,j,T.
  1. Regrets sandwich L-2 calibration (p. 54). For a grid p1,…,pkp^1,\dots,p^kp1,…,pk that is ε\varepsilonε-dense in squared distance and losses Lti=∣Xt−pi∣2L_t^i = |X_t - p^i|^2Lti​=∣Xt​−pi∣2,
∑imax⁡jRTi→jT ≤ C2,w(T) ≤ ε+∑imax⁡jRTi→jT,\sum_i\max_j \frac{R_T^{i\to j}}{T}\ \le\ C_{2,w}(T)\ \le\ \varepsilon + \sum_i\max_j\frac{R_T^{i\to j}}{T},i∑​jmax​TRTi→j​​ ≤ C2,w​(T) ≤ ε+i∑​jmax​TRTi→j​​,

with C2,wC_{2,w}C2,w​ the fractional L-2 calibration score. 4. L-1 versus L-2 (p. 54). For each jjj, ∑p∣ρ(p,j,t)−pj∣ N(p,t)/t≤∑p(ρ(p,j,t)−pj)2N(p,t)/t\sum_p|\rho(p,j,t)-p_j|\,N(p,t)/t \le \sqrt{\sum_p(\rho(p,j,t)-p_j)^2 N(p,t)/t}∑p​∣ρ(p,j,t)−pj​∣N(p,t)/t≤∑p​(ρ(p,j,t)−pj​)2N(p,t)/t​.

Significance

The result. Theorem 3 makes the hypothesis of Theorem 1 attainable: combined, they show that there are learning procedures under which play converges in probability to the set of correlated equilibria of any finite game (the paper's Corollary, p. 49). The intermediate Lemma 1 is an early internal-regret bound; internal (swap) regret minimization later became the standard algorithmic route to correlated equilibria and to calibrated prediction in online learning.

Formalizing it. The result is proved, in the 1997 Appendix in telegraphic form and in full in Foster and Vohra (1998). The Appendix leaves several steps informal (see Formalization scope), so a machine-checked proof must supply them. No formalization of calibration or of internal regret was found on Prove2Me as of 2026-09-26. The mission produces a formal model of randomized forecasters against adaptive opponents, a checked internal-regret bound with an explicit constant, and the passage from regret to calibration.

Difficulty

The obvious approach is to pick, at each round, a forecast that corrects the current miscalibration. This is a deterministic rule, and by Oakes' theorem an opponent can defeat it. Randomization alone does not help either: the forecaster must randomize in a way that controls every pairwise regret Ri→jR^{i\to j}Ri→j at once, not only the regret against the best fixed forecast. External no-regret does not imply calibration.

Two further gaps separate Lemma 1 from Theorem 3. First, the Appendix controls a fractional score in which the event "forecast pip^ipi was issued" is replaced by its probability wtiw_t^iwti​. The realized calibration score involves the random choices, so a concentration argument is needed against an adaptive opponent. Second, a fixed grid gives calibration only up to its mesh ε\varepsilonε. Exact convergence requires letting the grid size kkk grow and ε\varepsilonε shrink over time, and the scores of the different phases must be combined.

Formalization scope

  • Model. Strategies are Fin n; forecasts are vectors Fin n → ℝ that are probability vectors (IsDist). Histories are Lean lists of (forecast, play) pairs, oldest first. Forecaster and opponent are maps from histories to Mathlib PMFs. The history law is built with PMF.bind/PMF.map, with the two draws independent given the past. P(Ct<ε)\mathbb P(C_t<\varepsilon)P(Ct​<ε) is the toOuterMeasure of the law, in ℝ≥0∞; no σ-algebra on histories is used.
  • Opponent. The opponent may be randomized and may depend on all past forecasts and plays; fixed sequences and deterministic rules are special cases. The opponent never sees the current forecast. Letting it see the current forecast would make the goal false, and restricting to fixed sequences would make it weaker than the paper.
  • Quantifiers. The forecaster is chosen before the opponent (∃ F, ∀ A). The reverse order is trivial, since one can forecast AAA's next play.
  • Conventions. Rounds are counted from 000, so the paper's rounds 1,…,t1,\dots,t1,…,t are the first ttt list entries. The paper's Rt−1R_{t-1}Rt−1​ is the regret over the 000-based rounds before ttt. Forecasts are grouped by exact equality of real vectors. Sums over ppp run over the forecasts that occur, and every other term vanishes. Scores divide by the history length, and are 000 for the empty history. "Converges in probability" is the lim⁡P(Ct<ε)=1\lim\mathbb P(C_t<\varepsilon)=1limP(Ct​<ε)=1 form the page states. The grid of milestone 3 is indexed 1,…,k1,\dots,k1,…,k (the page writes i=0,…,ki = 0,\dots,ki=0,…,k on p. 53 and 1,…,k1,\dots,k1,…,k in Lemma 1), and "within ε\varepsilonε" is read in squared Euclidean distance.
  • Pinned reading. The page writes the middle term of milestone 3 as E(C2(t))E(C_2(t))E(C2​(t)) with a garbled formula. The mission states the inequality for the fractional score C2,wC_{2,w}C2,w​, for which it holds.
  • Steps the paper leaves informal, not stated as milestones. (a) "E(C2(t))≤ε+O(k/2)E(C_2(t))\le\varepsilon + O(k/\sqrt2)E(C2​(t))≤ε+O(k/2​)" when the weights solve flow conservation; the OOO-term is garbled and should decay in ttt. (b) "if we let kkk grow slowly and ε\varepsilonε go slowly to zero … C2(t)→0C_2(t)\to 0C2​(t)→0 in expectation which implies C2(t)→0C_2(t)\to0C2​(t)→0 in probability by Jensen's inequality", together with the passage from the fractional score to the realized one. Solvers will have to formalize these steps on the way to the goal.
  • Not included. The Corollary on p. 49 (convergence in probability of play to the correlated equilibria when both players use the scheme). It needs the game layer and a quantitative form of Theorem 1, and the page gives no proof.
  • Infrastructure welcome. Finite Markov chain stationary distributions (for milestone 1), for which Prove2Me has MarkovChain.exists_isStationary for row-stochastic matrices. Also useful: martingale concentration for PMF-built processes, and Cauchy–Schwarz with weights. The history-law construction is reusable for any repeated forecasting game.

Selected references

  • D. P. Foster and R. V. Vohra, Calibrated learning and correlated equilibrium, Games and Economic Behavior 21 (1997) 40–55. https://doi.org/10.1006/game.1997.0595
  • D. P. Foster and R. V. Vohra, Asymptotic calibration, Biometrika 85 (1998) 379–390. https://doi.org/10.1093/biomet/85.2.379
  • A. P. Dawid, The well-calibrated Bayesian, J. Amer. Statist. Assoc. 77 (1982) 605–613. https://doi.org/10.1080/01621459.1982.10477856
  • D. Oakes, Self-calibrating priors do not exist, J. Amer. Statist. Assoc. 80 (1985) 339. https://doi.org/10.1080/01621459.1985.10478117
  • S. Hart and A. Mas-Colell, A simple adaptive procedure leading to correlated equilibrium, Econometrica 68 (2000) 1127–1150. https://doi.org/10.1111/1468-0262.00153
10 thms4 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Operations ResearchTheoretical Computer Science·Captain: mikedeng1

Competitive Paging Algorithms I: The Marking Algorithm Is 2H_k-CompetitiveResearch Paper

Motivation

Paging is the problem of managing a two-level memory: a fast cache holds kkk pages out of an address space of nnn pages, requests to pages arrive one at a time, and a request to a page outside the cache (a page fault) forces the algorithm to bring that page in and, when the cache is full, to evict another. The cost is the number of faults. An on-line algorithm decides which page to evict without knowing future requests. The comparison of paging policies with the optimal off-line policy is where competitive analysis began.

Sleator and Tarjan showed that LRU and FIFO are within a factor kkk of the off-line optimum and that no deterministic on-line algorithm does better than kkk (Sleator–Tarjan 1985). Randomization changes the picture: Fiat, Karp, Luby, McGeoch, Sleator and Young introduced the marking algorithm and proved that its expected cost is within a factor 2Hk2H_k2Hk​ of the optimum, where Hk=1+12+⋯+1k≈ln⁡kH_k = 1 + \frac12 + \dots + \frac1k \approx \ln kHk​=1+21​+⋯+k1​≈lnk (arXiv:cs/0205038).

Timeline.

  • 1985: Sleator and Tarjan: LRU and FIFO are kkk-competitive; no deterministic algorithm beats kkk.
  • 1988: Karlin, Manasse, Rudolph and Sleator coin "competitive" and analyse flush-when-full (Algorithmica 3).
  • 1990: Manasse, McGeoch and Sleator introduce the kkk-server problem and define competitiveness for randomized algorithms (J. Algorithms 11).
  • 1991: Fiat et al.: the marking algorithm is 2Hk2H_k2Hk​-competitive, and Hn−1H_{n-1}Hn−1​-competitive when k=n−1k = n-1k=n−1; no randomized paging algorithm beats HkH_kHk​.
  • 1991: McGeoch and Sleator give an HkH_kHk​-competitive randomized paging algorithm (Algorithmica 6).
  • 2000: Achlioptas, Chrobak and Noga determine the exact competitive ratio of the marking algorithm, 2Hk−12H_k - 12Hk​−1 (Theoret. Comput. Sci. 234).

Setting

The paper works in the uniform kkk-server problem, which is isomorphic to paging. There is a set MMM of nnn vertices, enumerated e(0),…,e(n−1)e(0), \dots, e(n-1)e(0),…,e(n−1), and moving a server between two distinct vertices costs 111. There are kkk servers, 1≤k≤n1 \le k \le n1≤k≤n. A request is a vertex, and after each request some server must be on it. Cached pages are covered vertices; a fault is a server move.

The marking algorithm starts with its servers on e(0),…,e(k−1)e(0), \dots, e(k-1)e(0),…,e(k−1) and keeps a set of marked vertices, initially the covered ones. On a request to rrr:

  1. Marking. rrr is marked; the moment k+1k+1k+1 vertices are marked, all marks except the one on rrr are erased.
  2. Serving. If rrr is covered, nothing moves. Otherwise a server is chosen uniformly at random among the covered unmarked vertices and moved to rrr.

The marks are updated before the server is chosen. For a finite request sequence σ\sigmaσ, CM(σ)C_M(\sigma)CM​(σ) is the algorithm's expected number of server moves. OPT(σ)\mathrm{OPT}(\sigma)OPT(σ) is the least number of moves with which kkk servers, starting from the same configuration C0C_0C0​ and knowing σ\sigmaσ in advance, can serve σ\sigmaσ.

A randomized algorithm is ccc-competitive if there is a constant aaa such that CM(σ)≤c⋅CB(σ)+aC_M(\sigma) \le c \cdot C_B(\sigma) + aCM​(σ)≤c⋅CB​(σ)+a for every request sequence σ\sigmaσ and every algorithm BBB.

The marks divide σ\sigmaσ into phases. A new phase begins at the request that would make k+1k+1k+1 vertices marked. A vertex is clean in a phase if it was not requested in the previous phase and not yet in this one, and stale if it was requested in the previous phase but not yet in this one.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 1

∃ a∈R  ∀σ:CM(σ)  ≤  2Hk⋅OPT(σ)+a.\exists\, a \in \mathbb R\ \ \forall \sigma:\qquad C_M(\sigma) \;\le\; 2H_k \cdot \mathrm{OPT}(\sigma) + a .∃a∈R  ∀σ:CM​(σ)≤2Hk​⋅OPT(σ)+a.

The constant aaa may depend on nnn, kkk and the enumeration, never on σ\sigmaσ.

Milestones (proof of Theorem 1, pp. 4–5)

  1. Without loss of generality the adversary is lazy: no move on a covered request, exactly one move otherwise (reference item, already proved on the platform).
  2. At the start of every phase the marked vertices are exactly the covered ones, and the first request of a phase is unmarked.
  3. In a phase with lll clean requests, a lazy adversary pays CA≥l−dC_A \ge l - dCA​≥l−d, where ddd counts its servers off the marking algorithm's servers at the start of the phase.
  4. It also pays CA≥d′C_A \ge d'CA​≥d′, where d′d'd′ counts its servers off the final marked set at the end of the phase.
  5. Hence CA≥max⁡(l−d,d′)≥12(l−d+d′)C_A \ge \max(l-d, d') \ge \tfrac12(l - d + d')CA​≥max(l−d,d′)≥21​(l−d+d′).
  6. A request to a stale vertex is a fault with probability c/sc/sc/s (ccc clean vertices requested so far, sss stale vertices left).
  7. The marking algorithm's expected cost in a phase is at most l(Hk−Hl+1)≤lHkl(H_k - H_l + 1) \le lH_kl(Hk​−Hl​+1)≤lHk​.

Companions

  • Theorem 2: for k=n−1k = n-1k=n−1, CM(σ)≤Hn−1⋅OPT(σ)+aC_M(\sigma) \le H_{n-1} \cdot \mathrm{OPT}(\sigma) + aCM​(σ)≤Hn−1​⋅OPT(σ)+a.
  • Tightness remark (pp. 5–6): for k=2k = 2k=2, n=4n = 4n=4 there is no aaa with CM(σ)≤H2⋅OPT(σ)+aC_M(\sigma) \le H_2 \cdot \mathrm{OPT}(\sigma) + aCM​(σ)≤H2​⋅OPT(σ)+a for all σ\sigmaσ.

Significance

The result. Theorem 1 was the first proof that randomization beats the deterministic barrier kkk for paging, bringing the ratio down to O(log⁡k)O(\log k)O(logk). Together with the paper's lower bound HkH_kHk​ for every randomized algorithm, it determines the randomized competitive ratio of paging up to a factor 222. Its phase and clean/stale accounting is reused throughout the analysis of randomized caching.

Formalizing it. The theorem is proved (1991). As far as is known it has no machine-checked proof. Formalizing it requires a probabilistic model of a randomized on-line algorithm, an off-line optimum, and a phase decomposition with an exchangeability argument, and these are the first such objects in this library. Theorem 2 and the k=2k = 2k=2, n=4n = 4n=4 example use the same definitions and also check that the formal algorithm is the paper's. The sharp ratio 2Hk−12H_k - 12Hk​−1 is a natural follow-up.

Difficulty

The comparison is between a random process and a deterministic adversary, and each side has its own obstacle.

On the algorithm's side, the configuration inside a phase is random, and the fault probability of a stale request depends on the whole history of the phase. The claim that the ccc uncovered stale vertices form a uniformly random subset of the sss stale ones is an exchangeability property of the process, and must be established from the step-by-step uniform choice. The worst-case ordering of the requests within a phase then has to be justified as a bound, not assumed.

On the adversary's side, the per-phase bound max⁡(l−d,d′)\max(l-d, d')max(l−d,d′) does not sum directly. The ddd and d′d'd′ terms telescope across phases only because the configuration of the marking algorithm at each phase boundary is deterministic. The first phase, which begins after an initial run of requests to e(0),…,e(k−1)e(0), \dots, e(k-1)e(0),…,e(k−1), and the last, incomplete phase have to be absorbed into the additive constant.

Formalization scope

The vertex set is an abstract metric space MMM with e:Fin n≃Me : \mathrm{Fin}\,n \simeq Me:Finn≃M and dist(x,y)=1\mathrm{dist}(x,y) = 1dist(x,y)=1 for x≠yx \ne yx=y. The natural metric ∣i−j∣|i - j|∣i−j∣ on Fin n\mathrm{Fin}\,nFinn is deliberately not used. The configurations and the off-line optimum OPT\mathrm{OPT}OPT are the published KServer definitions (KServer.Config, KServer.offlineCost), with OPT\mathrm{OPT}OPT taken from the marking algorithm's initial configuration. An off-line algorithm starting elsewhere changes the cost by at most kkk, which is absorbed into aaa.

The marking algorithm is a Markov chain on pairs (covered set, marked set). Each step is a PMF, with the eviction drawn by PMF.uniformOfFinset from the covered unmarked vertices. The expected cost is the sum over requests of the probability that the request is not covered, which is exact because the algorithm moves exactly one server per fault. Harmonic numbers are Mathlib's harmonic, cast to R\mathbb RR. Phases, clean counts and lazy off-line schedules are defined once, in the mission's definition file, and all milestones use them.

A trivializing formalization is ruled out as follows. The additive constant is quantified before σ\sigmaσ, so a per-sequence constant cannot be used. The comparison is with the optimum over all off-line schedules, not a particular one. The random choice is among the covered unmarked vertices, with marks updated first. The hypothesis 1≤k≤n1 \le k \le n1≤k≤n excludes the degenerate case k=0k = 0k=0, where H0=0H_0 = 0H0​=0.

Proofs of individual milestones are welcome. The laziness reduction for off-line schedules, the exchangeability lemma for the uniform eviction process, and the harmonic-sum identity ∑j=l+1kl/j=l(Hk−Hl)\sum_{j=l+1}^{k} l/j = l(H_k - H_l)∑j=l+1k​l/j=l(Hk​−Hl​) are reusable beyond this mission.

Selected references

  • A. Fiat, R. M. Karp, M. Luby, L. A. McGeoch, D. D. Sleator, N. E. Young, Competitive Paging Algorithms, J. Algorithms 12(4):685–699, 1991; arXiv:cs/0205038v1. https://arxiv.org/abs/cs/0205038
  • D. D. Sleator, R. E. Tarjan, Amortized Efficiency of List Update and Paging Rules, Comm. ACM 28(2):202–208, 1985. https://doi.org/10.1145/2786.2793
  • A. R. Karlin, M. S. Manasse, L. Rudolph, D. D. Sleator, Competitive Snoopy Caching, Algorithmica 3:79–119, 1988. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF01762111
  • M. S. Manasse, L. A. McGeoch, D. D. Sleator, Competitive Algorithms for Server Problems, J. Algorithms 11(2):208–230, 1990. https://doi.org/10.1016/0196-6774(90)90003-W
  • L. A. McGeoch, D. D. Sleator, A Strongly Competitive Randomized Paging Algorithm, Algorithmica 6:816–825, 1991. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF01759073
  • D. Achlioptas, M. Chrobak, J. Noga, Competitive Analysis of Randomized Paging Algorithms, Theoret. Comput. Sci. 234:203–218, 2000. https://doi.org/10.1016/S0304-3975(98)00116-9
10 thms4 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Algorithmic Game TheoryMechanism DesignOperations Research·Captain: mikedeng1

Bargaining under Incomplete Information I: Class A Equilibrium Offer Strategies Satisfy the Linked Differential EquationsResearch Paper

Motivation

A buyer and a seller negotiate over a single indivisible good. Each knows how much the good is worth to them, but not how much it is worth to the other side. Whether the two will trade, and at what price, then depends on how each party shades its offer to exploit the other's uncertainty. Chatterjee and Samuelson (Bargaining under Incomplete Information, Operations Research 31(5), 1983) modelled this situation as a one-shot game in which both parties submit sealed offers simultaneously, and characterised its Bayesian equilibria.

The model became the standard reference point for bilateral trade with two-sided private information. Myerson and Satterthwaite (J. Econ. Theory 29, 1983) showed that no mechanism can guarantee efficient trade in this setting, and that the equilibrium of the Chatterjee–Samuelson game with k=1/2k = 1/2k=1/2 and uniform values attains the second-best efficiency bound. Later work on the kkk-double auction (Satterthwaite and Williams, J. Econ. Theory 48, 1989; Leininger, Linhart and Radner, J. Econ. Theory 48, 1989) studies the continuum of equilibria of exactly this game. The object of the present mission, a pair of linked differential equations, is the tool these papers use to construct and classify equilibria.

Setting

A seller has reservation price vs∈[v‾s,vˉs]v_s \in [\underline v_s, \bar v_s]vs​∈[v​s​,vˉs​] and a buyer has reservation price vb∈[v‾b,vˉb]v_b \in [\underline v_b, \bar v_b]vb​∈[v​b​,vˉb​]. Each knows their own value. The buyer's belief about vsv_svs​ is a probability measure μb\mu_bμb​ with distribution function FbF_bFb​; the seller's belief about vbv_bvb​ is μs\mu_sμs​ with distribution function FsF_sFs​. The subscript names the player who holds the belief, not the variable. Each belief is regular: F(v‾)=0F(\underline v) = 0F(v​)=0, F(vˉ)=1F(\bar v) = 1F(vˉ)=1, and FFF is strictly increasing and differentiable on the value interval, with density fbf_bfb​ (respectively fsf_sfs​).

Under the Bargaining Rule, the seller asks sss and the buyer offers bbb simultaneously. If b≥sb \ge sb≥s the good is sold at P=kb+(1−k)sP = kb + (1-k)sP=kb+(1−k)s for a fixed k∈[0,1]k \in [0, 1]k∈[0,1]; otherwise nothing happens. Profits are P−vsP - v_sP−vs​ for the seller and vb−Pv_b - Pvb​−P for the buyer on trade, and zero otherwise.

An offer strategy is a function SSS (for the seller) or BBB (for the buyer) from values to offers. Against SSS, a buyer with value vvv offering bbb earns in expectation

πb(b,v)=∫1{S(vs)≤b} (v−kb−(1−k)S(vs)) dμb(vs),\pi_b(b, v) = \int \mathbf 1\{S(v_s) \le b\}\,\bigl(v - kb - (1-k)S(v_s)\bigr)\,d\mu_b(v_s),πb​(b,v)=∫1{S(vs​)≤b}(v−kb−(1−k)S(vs​))dμb​(vs​),

and symmetrically πs(s,v)=∫1{s≤B(vb)} (kB(vb)+(1−k)s−v) dμs(vb)\pi_s(s, v) = \int \mathbf 1\{s \le B(v_b)\}\,(kB(v_b) + (1-k)s - v)\,d\mu_s(v_b)πs​(s,v)=∫1{s≤B(vb​)}(kB(vb​)+(1−k)s−v)dμs​(vb​). The pair (S,B)(S, B)(S,B) is an equilibrium if B(v)B(v)B(v) maximises πb(⋅,v)\pi_b(\cdot, v)πb​(⋅,v) over all real offers for every buyer value vvv, and S(v)S(v)S(v) maximises πs(⋅,v)\pi_s(\cdot, v)πs​(⋅,v) for every seller value vvv.

A strategy is of class AAA if its offers are bounded, it is nondecreasing, it is strictly increasing except where it sits at its lowest offer mmm or its highest offer MMM, and it is differentiable wherever its offer lies strictly between mmm and MMM. A class AAA equilibrium is an equilibrium in which both strategies are of class AAA.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 2, the linked differential equations

In a class AAA equilibrium, wherever the seller's strategy is strictly increasing around yyy and the buyer value xxx offers B(x)=S(y)B(x) = S(y)B(x)=S(y),

kFb(y)S′(y)+fb(y)S(y)=x fb(y),(3a)k F_b(y) S'(y) + f_b(y) S(y) = x\, f_b(y), \tag{3a}kFb​(y)S′(y)+fb​(y)S(y)=xfb​(y),(3a)

and wherever the buyer's strategy is strictly increasing around xxx and the seller value yyy asks S(y)=B(x)S(y) = B(x)S(y)=B(x),

(1−k)(1−Fs(x))B′(x)−fs(x)B(x)=− y fs(x).(3b)(1-k)\bigl(1 - F_s(x)\bigr) B'(x) - f_s(x) B(x) = -\,y\, f_s(x). \tag{3b}(1−k)(1−Fs​(x))B′(x)−fs​(x)B(x)=−yfs​(x).(3b)

The paper writes x=B−1(S(y))x = B^{-1}(S(y))x=B−1(S(y)) in (3a) and y=S−1(B(x))y = S^{-1}(B(x))y=S−1(B(x)) in (3b).

Milestones: the displays of the proof

  1. Gb(S(y))=Fb(y)G_b(S(y)) = F_b(y)Gb​(S(y))=Fb​(y): the buyer's probability that the seller asks at most S(y)S(y)S(y) equals Fb(y)F_b(y)Fb​(y).
  2. The buyer's first-order condition: ∂πb/∂b=(v−b)gb(b)−kGb(b)\partial \pi_b / \partial b = (v - b) g_b(b) - k G_b(b)∂πb​/∂b=(v−b)gb​(b)−kGb​(b) at b=S(y)b = S(y)b=S(y), with offer density gb(S(y))=fb(y)/S′(y)g_b(S(y)) = f_b(y)/S'(y)gb​(S(y))=fb​(y)/S′(y), and it vanishes at an equilibrium offer.
  3. The seller's first-order condition: ∂πs/∂s=(v−s)gs(s)+(1−k)(1−Gs(s))\partial \pi_s / \partial s = (v - s) g_s(s) + (1-k)(1 - G_s(s))∂πs​/∂s=(v−s)gs​(s)+(1−k)(1−Gs​(s)) at s=B(x)s = B(x)s=B(x), and it vanishes at an equilibrium ask.

The milestones assume S′(y)>0S'(y) > 0S′(y)>0 (respectively B′(x)>0B'(x) > 0B′(x)>0), which the paper's formula for the offer density needs. The goal does not assume it.

Significance

Theorem 2 reduces the search for equilibria to the analysis of a pair of ordinary differential equations. Every explicit equilibrium in the paper and in the later kkk-double-auction literature is found as a solution of (3a)–(3b) with suitable boundary conditions: the linear equilibrium for uniform beliefs (the paper's Example 1), the one-parameter families of Satterthwaite–Williams, and the non-linear equilibria of Leininger–Linhart–Radner. The equations also expose how the split parameter kkk distributes bargaining power: at k=1k = 1k=1 equation (3b) forces the seller to ask their own value, and at k=0k = 0k=0 equation (3a) forces the buyer to bid theirs.

The result is proved in the paper. To the best of a search of the platform, no formalization of it or of the bargaining model exists. This mission produces a machine-checked version of the necessary conditions. Its definitions of beliefs, expected profits, equilibrium and class AAA are also the basis for companion missions on the uniform linear equilibrium and its trade probability.

Difficulty

The paper's proof is four lines: differentiate the expected profit, set the derivative to zero, substitute. Three steps of that argument do not survive a careful reading.

First, the paper differentiates under an offer density gbg_bgb​ that exists only if SSS is strictly increasing and has a positive derivative. Class AAA allows SSS to be flat at its bounds, to jump between them, and to have zero derivative. The formal goal assumes none of this. It must handle the case S′(y)=0S'(y) = 0S′(y)=0, where the offer distribution has an infinite density at S(y)S(y)S(y) and the first-order condition becomes a one-sided argument.

Second, identifying Gb(S(y))G_b(S(y))Gb​(S(y)) with Fb(y)F_b(y)Fb​(y) requires that no seller value outside a neighbourhood of yyy makes the same offer. That is a global statement about SSS, and it is where monotonicity on the whole interval and the "flat only at the bounds" clause of class AAA enter.

Third, the first-order condition needs the equilibrium offer S(y)S(y)S(y) to be an interior maximiser of a function of bbb that is differentiable there. The profit πb\pi_bπb​ is an integral over the belief, and its differentiability at S(y)S(y)S(y) must be derived from the differentiability of SSS at the single point yyy and of FbF_bFb​. Neither SSS nor πb\pi_bπb​ is assumed continuous elsewhere.

Formalization scope

Values, offers and kkk are real numbers. Beliefs are probability measures on R\mathbb RR, with distribution function Mathlib's ProbabilityTheory.cdf. Expected profits are Bochner integrals over the opponent's value, not over an offer density. The two agree whenever the density exists, and the integral form needs none. Integrability is not assumed: for a class AAA strategy and a regular belief supported on the value interval, the integrand is bounded and almost everywhere measurable. Ties (b=sb = sb=s) trade. Deviations range over all real offers. Strategies are arbitrary functions R→R\mathbb R \to \mathbb RR→R whose values outside the value interval play no role.

The derivative S′(y)S'(y)S′(y) is deriv S y. The paper's inverses B−1B^{-1}B−1 and S−1S^{-1}S−1 are not introduced as functions. The matching value is a universally quantified variable xxx with B(x)=S(y)B(x) = S(y)B(x)=S(y), so no junk value of an inverse can make an equation true or false. The equations are asserted only at values yyy interior to an open subinterval on which SSS is strictly increasing. A formalization that assumed the first-order condition, or restricted to strategies with S′>0S' > 0S′>0 everywhere, would be a different and weaker theorem.

A complete development needs: differentiation of parametric integrals of indicator type (the derivative of b↦∫1{S≤b} h dμb \mapsto \int \mathbf 1\{S \le b\}\,h\,d\mub↦∫1{S≤b}hdμ), the change of variables from values to offers under a strictly increasing strategy, and Fermat's rule (IsLocalMax.hasDerivAt_eq_zero). The first two are reusable for auctions and other Bayesian games with monotone strategies. Proofs of the milestones, alternative proofs of the goal, and general lemmas about monotone strategies are welcome.

Selected references

  • K. Chatterjee and W. Samuelson, Bargaining under Incomplete Information, Operations Research 31(5):835–851, 1983. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.31.5.835
  • R. B. Myerson and M. A. Satterthwaite, Efficient Mechanisms for Bilateral Trading, Journal of Economic Theory 29(2):265–281, 1983. https://doi.org/10.1016/0022-0531(83)90048-0
  • M. A. Satterthwaite and S. R. Williams, Bilateral Trade with the Sealed Bid k-Double Auction: Existence and Efficiency, Journal of Economic Theory 48(1):107–133, 1989. https://doi.org/10.1016/0022-0531(89)90120-8
  • W. Leininger, P. B. Linhart and R. Radner, Equilibria of the Sealed-Bid Mechanism for Bargaining with Incomplete Information, Journal of Economic Theory 48(1):63–106, 1989. https://doi.org/10.1016/0022-0531(89)90121-X
9 thms4 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Machine LearningOptimizationStatistics·Captain: mikedeng1

Simultaneous Analysis of Lasso and Dantzig Selector V: Estimation, Prediction and Sparsity Bounds for the LassoResearch Paper

Motivation

In a linear regression with many more candidate variables than observations, least squares is not defined uniquely and does not estimate anything useful. The Lasso (Tibshirani, 1996) replaces it by an ℓ1\ell_1ℓ1​-penalised least-squares problem, which is convex, can be solved at scale, and returns sparse coefficient vectors. The question that a statistician, a signal-processing engineer or an operations researcher fitting a sparse model must answer before trusting it is quantitative: how far is the Lasso estimate from the true coefficient vector, how well does it predict, and how many variables does it select, as functions of the sample size nnn, the number of variables MMM and the sparsity sss of the truth?

Bickel, Ritov and Tsybakov (arXiv:0801.1095, Ann. Statist. 37(4), 2009) answered this under the restricted eigenvalue (RE) condition, which they introduced, with explicit constants and an explicit failure probability. Their Theorem 7.2, the goal of this mission, is a standard reference result of high-dimensional statistics and a model for the Lasso analyses in the textbooks of Bühlmann and van de Geer (2011) and Wainwright (2019).

Timeline, restricted to what each work proved:

  • 2007: Candès and Tao (arXiv:math/0506081) prove ℓ2\ell_2ℓ2​ bounds for the Dantzig selector under a uniform uncertainty principle.
  • 2007: Bunea, Tsybakov and Wegkamp (doi:10.1214/07-EJS008) prove sparsity oracle inequalities for the Lasso under mutual-coherence conditions; Lemma B.1 of the present paper is essentially their Lemma 1.
  • 2008/2009: Bickel, Ritov and Tsybakov prove Theorem 7.2 under RE(s,3)(s,3)(s,3) and RE(s,m,3)(s,m,3)(s,m,3), conditions weaker than those of the previous works.

Setting

A deterministic design matrix X∈Rn×MX\in\mathbb R^{n\times M}X∈Rn×M with columns x(1),…,x(M)x_{(1)},\dots,x_{(M)}x(1)​,…,x(M)​ is observed together with

y=Xβ∗+w,y=X\beta^*+w,y=Xβ∗+w,

where β∗∈RM\beta^*\in\mathbb R^Mβ∗∈RM is unknown and w=(W1,…,Wn)w=(W_1,\dots,W_n)w=(W1​,…,Wn​) has independent N(0,σ2)\mathcal N(0,\sigma^2)N(0,σ2) entries with σ>0\sigma>0σ>0. Throughout, n≥1n\ge1n≥1, M≥2M\ge2M≥2, and every diagonal entry of the Gram matrix Ψn=X⊤X/n\Psi_n=X^\top X/nΨn​=X⊤X/n equals 111.

For δ∈RM\delta\in\mathbb R^Mδ∈RM write ∣δ∣p=(∑j∣δj∣p)1/p|\delta|_p=(\sum_j|\delta_j|^p)^{1/p}∣δ∣p​=(∑j​∣δj​∣p)1/p, J(δ)={j:δj≠0}J(\delta)=\{j:\delta_j\ne0\}J(δ)={j:δj​=0} for the support, M(δ)=∣J(δ)∣\mathcal M(\delta)=|J(\delta)|M(δ)=∣J(δ)∣ for the sparsity, and δJ\delta_JδJ​ for the vector that agrees with δ\deltaδ on JJJ and vanishes off JJJ. The largest eigenvalue of Ψn\Psi_nΨn​ is ϕmax⁡\phi_{\max}ϕmax​.

The Lasso estimator with tuning parameter r>0r>0r>0 is any minimiser

β^L∈arg⁡min⁡β∈RM{1n∣y−Xβ∣22+2r∣β∣1}.\hat\beta_L\in\arg\min_{\beta\in\mathbb R^M}\Big\{\frac1n|y-X\beta|_2^2+2r|\beta|_1\Big\}.β^​L​∈argβ∈RMmin​{n1​∣y−Xβ∣22​+2r∣β∣1​}.

Minimisers exist but need not be unique.

Assumption RE(s,c0)(s,c_0)(s,c0​) (1≤s≤M1\le s\le M1≤s≤M, c0>0c_0>0c0​>0) asks that

κ(s,c0)=min⁡∣J0∣≤s min⁡δ≠0, ∣δJ0c∣1≤c0∣δJ0∣1∣Xδ∣2n ∣δJ0∣2>0.\kappa(s,c_0)=\min_{|J_0|\le s}\ \min_{\delta\ne0,\ |\delta_{J_0^c}|_1\le c_0|\delta_{J_0}|_1}\frac{|X\delta|_2}{\sqrt n\,|\delta_{J_0}|_2}>0 .κ(s,c0​)=∣J0​∣≤smin​ δ=0, ∣δJ0c​​∣1​≤c0​∣δJ0​​∣1​min​n​∣δJ0​​∣2​∣Xδ∣2​​>0.

Assumption RE(s,m,c0)(s,m,c_0)(s,m,c0​) (1≤s≤M/21\le s\le M/21≤s≤M/2, m≥sm\ge sm≥s, s+m≤Ms+m\le Ms+m≤M) is the same with ∣δJ01∣2|\delta_{J_{01}}|_2∣δJ01​​∣2​ in the denominator, where J01=J0∪J1J_{01}=J_0\cup J_1J01​=J0​∪J1​ and J1J_1J1​ collects the mmm largest in absolute value coordinates of δ\deltaδ outside J0J_0J0​.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 7.2

Let M(β∗)≤s\mathcal M(\beta^*)\le sM(β∗)≤s, let RE(s,3)(s,3)(s,3) hold, and let r=Aσlog⁡M/nr=A\sigma\sqrt{\log M/n}r=AσlogM/n​ with A>22A>2\sqrt2A>22​. With probability at least 1−M1−A2/81-M^{1-A^2/8}1−M1−A2/8, every Lasso solution satisfies

∣β^L−β∗∣1≤16Aκ2(s,3)σslog⁡Mn,∣X(β^L−β∗)∣22≤16A2κ2(s,3)σ2slog⁡M,M(β^L)≤64ϕmax⁡κ2(s,3)s,|\hat\beta_L-\beta^*|_1\le\frac{16A}{\kappa^2(s,3)}\sigma s\sqrt{\frac{\log M}{n}},\qquad |X(\hat\beta_L-\beta^*)|_2^2\le\frac{16A^2}{\kappa^2(s,3)}\sigma^2s\log M,\qquad \mathcal M(\hat\beta_L)\le\frac{64\phi_{\max}}{\kappa^2(s,3)}s,∣β^​L​−β∗∣1​≤κ2(s,3)16A​σsnlogM​​,∣X(β^​L​−β∗)∣22​≤κ2(s,3)16A2​σ2slogM,M(β^​L​)≤κ2(s,3)64ϕmax​​s,

and, if RE(s,m,3)(s,m,3)(s,m,3) holds, on the same event and for all 1<p≤21<p\le21<p≤2,

∣β^L−β∗∣pp≤16{1+3sm}2(p−1)s(Aσκ2(s,m,3)log⁡Mn)p.|\hat\beta_L-\beta^*|_p^p\le16\Big\{1+3\sqrt{\tfrac sm}\Big\}^{2(p-1)}s\Big(\frac{A\sigma}{\kappa^2(s,m,3)}\sqrt{\frac{\log M}{n}}\Big)^p .∣β^​L​−β∗∣pp​≤16{1+3ms​​}2(p−1)s(κ2(s,m,3)Aσ​nlogM​​)p.

Milestones

In the order in which the paper's proof uses them:

  1. (B.4): the noise event A=⋂j{2∣1nx(j)⊤w∣≤r}\mathcal A=\bigcap_j\{2|\tfrac1n x_{(j)}^\top w|\le r\}A=⋂j​{2∣n1​x(j)⊤​w∣≤r} has P(Ac)≤M1−A2/8\mathbb P(\mathcal A^c)\le M^{1-A^2/8}P(Ac)≤M1−A2/8.
  2. (B.6): the optimality conditions of the Lasso.
  3. Lemma B.1 (Section 7 case): the basic inequality (B.1) for all β\betaβ, the residual bound (B.2) and the sparsity bound M(β^L)≤4ϕmax⁡∥fβ^L−f∥n2/r2\mathcal M(\hat\beta_L)\le4\phi_{\max}\|f_{\hat\beta_L}-f\|_n^2/r^2M(β^​L​)≤4ϕmax​∥fβ^​L​​−f∥n2​/r2 (B.3).
  4. Corollary B.2: the error δ=β^L−β\delta=\hat\beta_L-\betaδ=β^​L​−β lies in the cone ∣δJ0c∣1≤3∣δJ0∣1|\delta_{J_0^c}|_1\le3|\delta_{J_0}|_1∣δJ0c​​∣1​≤3∣δJ0​​∣1​.
  5. (B.30)–(B.31): on A\mathcal AA, 1n∣Xδ∣22≤16r2s/κ2\frac1n|X\delta|_2^2\le16r^2s/\kappa^2n1​∣Xδ∣22​≤16r2s/κ2 and ∣δJ0∣2≤4rs/κ2|\delta_{J_0}|_2\le4r\sqrt s/\kappa^2∣δJ0​​∣2​≤4rs​/κ2.
  6. (B.27) and (B.28) with c0=3c_0=3c0​=3: ℓ1\ell_1ℓ1​ and ℓ2\ell_2ℓ2​ norms of a cone vector.
  7. The ℓp\ell_pℓp​ interpolation ∑ajp≤b12−pb2p−1\sum a_j^p\le b_1^{2-p}b_2^{p-1}∑ajp​≤b12−p​b2p−1​.

Significance

The result. Theorem 7.2 gives, for fixed nnn and MMM rather than asymptotically, the rate slog⁡M/ns\log M/nslogM/n for the prediction loss and slog⁡M/ns\sqrt{\log M/n}slogM/n​ for the ℓ1\ell_1ℓ1​ loss of the Lasso, under a condition on the design only (RE), with no assumption on how MMM compares with nnn. The dependence on MMM is only logarithmic, which is what makes the Lasso usable when M≫nM\gg nM≫n. Bound (7.9) shows that the Lasso selects at most a constant multiple of sss variables, and (7.10) covers every ℓp\ell_pℓp​ loss between ℓ1\ell_1ℓ1​ and ℓ2\ell_2ℓ2​. Together with Theorem 7.1 for the Dantzig selector, the result shows that the two estimators have the same rates.

Formalizing it. The theorem is proved on paper. As far as a search of the platform shows, there is no machine-checked proof of a probabilistic Lasso rate. The closest platform statement, HighDimStat.SparseLinear.lasso_l2_error_bound (Wainwright, Theorem 7.13(a)), is deterministic, assumes a lower bound on the regularisation parameter in place of Gaussian noise, uses a restricted eigenvalue condition over the cone of one fixed support, and concludes an ℓ2\ell_2ℓ2​ bound with a different constant. A formal proof of Theorem 7.2 would supply the Gaussian maximal inequality, the Lasso optimality conditions, and the cone and interpolation inequalities as reusable lemmas.

Difficulty

Each step is short on paper, and none of the steps is deep. The main work is in three places. First, the probability: the event on which the deterministic argument runs involves all MMM correlations 1nx(j)⊤w\frac1n x_{(j)}^\top wn1​x(j)⊤​w at once, and its probability must be bounded by exactly M1−A2/8M^{1-A^2/8}M1−A2/8, which requires the law of a linear combination of independent Gaussians and a sharp Gaussian tail estimate, not a generic concentration bound with unspecified constants. Second, the Lasso is defined only through its minimising property, while the sparsity bound (7.9) is a statement about the number of non-zero coordinates of a minimiser of a non-differentiable objective; the characterisation (B.6) of minimisers is not in Mathlib. Third, (7.10) involves two restricted eigenvalue constants, a ranking of coordinates with possible ties, and real exponents, and every constant has to come out exactly.

The obvious idea of proving (7.7)–(7.10) for one fixed minimiser does not suffice: the statement quantifies over every minimiser on a single event.

Formalization scope

The design XXX is a Matrix (Fin n) (Fin M) ℝ; vectors are functions Fin M → ℝ. The noise is a family W : Fin n → Ω → ℝ of independent, measurable random variables with law gaussianReal 0 σ² on a probability space, and y(ω)=Xβ∗+W(ω)y(\omega)=X\beta^*+W(\omega)y(ω)=Xβ∗+W(ω). The probabilistic conclusion is one measurable event EEE with P(E)≥1−M1−A2/8\mathbb P(E)\ge1-M^{1-A^2/8}P(E)≥1−M1−A2/8 on which every minimiser of (7.2) satisfies all bounds; the event does not depend on the minimiser, on mmm or on ppp. log⁡\loglog is the natural logarithm.

RE(s,3)(s,3)(s,3) and RE(s,m,3)(s,m,3)(s,m,3) are stated through witnesses: a predicate "κn∣δJ0∣2≤∣Xδ∣2\kappa\sqrt n|\delta_{J_0}|_2\le|X\delta|_2κn​∣δJ0​​∣2​≤∣Xδ∣2​ for every admissible J0J_0J0​ and δ\deltaδ", and the theorem holds for every witness κ>0\kappa>0κ>0. Because the paper's κ(s,c0)\kappa(s,c_0)κ(s,c0​) is an attained minimum, every witness is at most it and the bounds decrease in κ\kappaκ, so this is equivalent to the printed statement. The assumption quantifies over every J0J_0J0​ with ∣J0∣≤s|J_0|\le s∣J0​∣≤s, as on page 7, not only over the support of β∗\beta^*β∗. ϕmax⁡\phi_{\max}ϕmax​ is the supremum of 1n∣Xx∣22\frac1n|Xx|_2^2n1​∣Xx∣22​ over unit vectors xxx. Lemma B.1 is stated in its Section-7 specialisation (unit column norms, f=Xβ∗f=X\beta^*f=Xβ∗), the form used in the proof of Theorem 7.2; (B.28) is stated for every c0>0c_0>0c0​>0 and (B.27) likewise, since the paper writes them with c0=1c_0=1c0​=1 and invokes them with c0=3c_0=3c0​=3. The printed Theorem 7.2 needs no correction; all four constants were checked against the proof.

A formalization in which the noise is not Gaussian, the Lasso predicate can be vacuous, the RE condition is imposed only on the support of β∗\beta^*β∗, or the probability is that of a non-measurable set, is not this theorem and is ruled out by the statement.

Needed infrastructure: Gaussian tail bounds and the law of a linear combination of independent Gaussians (largely in Mathlib), subdifferential calculus for ℓ1\ell_1ℓ1​-penalised least squares, and elementary finite-sum inequalities. The cone inequalities (B.27)–(B.28), the interpolation inequality and the optimality conditions (B.6) are reusable in other sparse-estimation missions; contributions to any milestone are welcome.

Selected references

  • P. J. Bickel, Y. Ritov, A. B. Tsybakov, Simultaneous analysis of Lasso and Dantzig selector, Ann. Statist. 37(4), 1705–1732, 2009. arXiv:0801.1095v3, https://arxiv.org/abs/0801.1095 ; https://doi.org/10.1214/08-AOS620
  • F. Bunea, A. B. Tsybakov, M. H. Wegkamp, Sparsity oracle inequalities for the Lasso, Electron. J. Statist. 1, 169–194, 2007. https://doi.org/10.1214/07-EJS008
  • E. Candès, T. Tao, The Dantzig selector: statistical estimation when p is much larger than n, Ann. Statist. 35(6), 2313–2351, 2007. https://arxiv.org/abs/math/0506081
  • R. Tibshirani, Regression shrinkage and selection via the lasso, J. R. Statist. Soc. B 58(1), 267–288, 1996. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.2517-6161.1996.tb02080.x
  • M. J. Wainwright, High-Dimensional Statistics: A Non-Asymptotic Viewpoint, Cambridge University Press, 2019, Chapter 7. https://doi.org/10.1017/9781108627771
10 thms4 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Machine LearningOptimizationStatistics·Captain: mikedeng1

Simultaneous Analysis of Lasso and Dantzig Selector IV: Estimation and Prediction Error Bounds for the Dantzig SelectorResearch Paper

Motivation

In high-dimensional linear regression the number of unknown coefficients MMM may be much larger than the number of observations nnn, and the coefficient vector can only be recovered because it is assumed to be sparse: few of its entries are non-zero. Two convex estimators dominate this setting: the Lasso of Tibshirani (1996), an ℓ1\ell_1ℓ1​-penalized least-squares estimator, and the Dantzig selector of Candès and Tao (2007), which minimizes the ℓ1\ell_1ℓ1​ norm subject to a bound on the correlation between the residual and the columns of the design. Both are used routinely in statistics, signal processing and machine learning, and their rates of convergence determine how many observations suffice to estimate a sparse vector.

Bickel, Ritov and Tsybakov (arXiv:0801.1095; Ann. Statist. 37(4), 2009) analysed the two estimators side by side under a single, weak condition on the design, the restricted eigenvalue (RE) assumption. This mission formalizes their rates for the Dantzig selector, Theorem 7.1 of the paper.

Timeline. Candès and Tao (Ann. Statist. 35, 2007) introduced the Dantzig selector and bounded its ℓ2\ell_2ℓ2​ error under a uniform uncertainty principle on the design. Bickel, Ritov and Tsybakov (2009) replaced that condition by the RE assumptions, which are implied by it (their Lemma 4.1), and obtained ℓp\ell_pℓp​ bounds for every 1≤p≤21\le p\le21≤p≤2 and a prediction bound, with explicit constants. Later work (van de Geer and Bühlmann, EJS 2009) compared RE with the compatibility condition and other design conditions.

Setting

Observations follow the linear model

y=Xβ∗+w,y=X\beta^*+w,y=Xβ∗+w,

where X∈Rn×MX\in\mathbb R^{n\times M}X∈Rn×M is a deterministic design matrix, n≥1n\ge1n≥1, M≥2M\ge2M≥2, β∗∈RM\beta^*\in\mathbb R^Mβ∗∈RM is unknown, and w=(W1,…,Wn)w=(W_1,\dots,W_n)w=(W1​,…,Wn​) has independent N(0,σ2)\mathcal N(0,\sigma^2)N(0,σ2) coordinates with σ>0\sigma>0σ>0. The columns are normalized: every diagonal element of the Gram matrix XTX/nX^TX/nXTX/n equals 1.

For β∈RM\beta\in\mathbb R^Mβ∈RM, J(β)={j:βj≠0}J(\beta)=\{j:\beta_j\ne0\}J(β)={j:βj​=0} is its support and M(β)=∣J(β)∣\mathcal M(\beta)=|J(\beta)|M(β)=∣J(β)∣ its sparsity; β∗\beta^*β∗ satisfies M(β∗)≤s\mathcal M(\beta^*)\le sM(β∗)≤s for an integer 1≤s≤M1\le s\le M1≤s≤M. Norms are ∣δ∣p=(∑j∣δj∣p)1/p|\delta|_p=(\sum_j|\delta_j|^p)^{1/p}∣δ∣p​=(∑j​∣δj​∣p)1/p and ∣v∣22=∑ivi2|v|_2^2=\sum_iv_i^2∣v∣22​=∑i​vi2​; for an index set JJJ, δJ\delta_JδJ​ keeps the coordinates of δ\deltaδ in JJJ and sets the others to 0, and JcJ^cJc is the complement of JJJ.

With a tuning level r=Aσlog⁡M/nr=A\sigma\sqrt{\log M/n}r=AσlogM/n​, A>2A>\sqrt2A>2​, the Dantzig selector is any minimizer

β^D∈arg⁡min⁡β∈Λ∣β∣1,Λ={β∈RM: ∣1nXT(y−Xβ)∣∞≤r}.\hat\beta_D\in\arg\min_{\beta\in\Lambda}|\beta|_1,\qquad \Lambda=\Big\{\beta\in\mathbb R^M:\ \Big|\tfrac1nX^T(y-X\beta)\Big|_\infty\le r\Big\}.β^​D​∈argβ∈Λmin​∣β∣1​,Λ={β∈RM: ​n1​XT(y−Xβ)​∞​≤r}.

The cone condition at an index set J0J_0J0​ with constant c0>0c_0>0c0​>0 is ∣δJ0c∣1≤c0∣δJ0∣1|\delta_{J_0^c}|_1\le c_0|\delta_{J_0}|_1∣δJ0c​​∣1​≤c0​∣δJ0​​∣1​. Assumption RE(s,c0)(s,c_0)(s,c0​) asks that

κ(s,c0)=min⁡∣J0∣≤s min⁡δ≠0, ∣δJ0c∣1≤c0∣δJ0∣1∣Xδ∣2n ∣δJ0∣2>0.\kappa(s,c_0)=\min_{|J_0|\le s}\ \min_{\delta\ne0,\ |\delta_{J_0^c}|_1\le c_0|\delta_{J_0}|_1}\frac{|X\delta|_2}{\sqrt n\,|\delta_{J_0}|_2}>0 .κ(s,c0​)=∣J0​∣≤smin​ δ=0, ∣δJ0c​​∣1​≤c0​∣δJ0​​∣1​min​n​∣δJ0​​∣2​∣Xδ∣2​​>0.

Assumption RE(s,m,c0)(s,m,c_0)(s,m,c0​) is the same with ∣δJ01∣2|\delta_{J_{01}}|_2∣δJ01​​∣2​ in the denominator, where J01=J0∪J1J_{01}=J_0\cup J_1J01​=J0​∪J1​ and J1J_1J1​ collects the mmm largest ∣δj∣|\delta_j|∣δj​∣ outside J0J_0J0​; it is used for s≤ms\le ms≤m, s+m≤Ms+m\le Ms+m≤M.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 7.1

With probability at least 1−M1−A2/21-M^{1-A^2/2}1−M1−A2/2, every Dantzig selector satisfies

∣β^D−β∗∣1≤8Aκ2(s,1) σslog⁡Mn,∣X(β^D−β∗)∣22≤16A2κ2(s,1) σ2slog⁡M,|\hat\beta_D-\beta^*|_1\le\frac{8A}{\kappa^2(s,1)}\,\sigma s\sqrt{\frac{\log M}{n}},\qquad |X(\hat\beta_D-\beta^*)|_2^2\le\frac{16A^2}{\kappa^2(s,1)}\,\sigma^2s\log M,∣β^​D​−β∗∣1​≤κ2(s,1)8A​σsnlogM​​,∣X(β^​D​−β∗)∣22​≤κ2(s,1)16A2​σ2slogM,

and, on the same event, if RE(s,m,1)(s,m,1)(s,m,1) holds, simultaneously for all 1<p≤21<p\le21<p≤2,

∣β^D−β∗∣pp≤2p−1 8{1+sm}2(p−1)s(Aσκ2(s,m,1)log⁡Mn)p.|\hat\beta_D-\beta^*|_p^p\le2^{p-1}\,8\Big\{1+\sqrt{\tfrac sm}\Big\}^{2(p-1)}s\Big(\frac{A\sigma}{\kappa^2(s,m,1)}\sqrt{\frac{\log M}{n}}\Big)^p .∣β^​D​−β∗∣pp​≤2p−18{1+ms​​}2(p−1)s(κ2(s,m,1)Aσ​nlogM​​)p.

Milestones

In the order the proof of the paper uses them:

  1. The noise event B=⋂j{∣1n∑iXijWi∣≤r∥fj∥n}\mathcal B=\bigcap_j\{|\frac1n\sum_iX_{ij}W_i|\le r\|f_j\|_n\}B=⋂j​{∣n1​∑i​Xij​Wi​∣≤r∥fj​∥n​} has P{Bc}≤M1−A2/2\mathbb P\{\mathcal B^c\}\le M^{1-A^2/2}P{Bc}≤M1−A2/2 (proof of Lemma B.3).
  2. Lemma B.3, (B.9): for any β\betaβ satisfying the Dantzig constraint, δ=β^D−β\delta=\hat\beta_D-\betaδ=β^​D​−β satisfies the cone condition at J(β)J(\beta)J(β) with c0=1c_0=1c0​=1.
  3. (B.25): on B\mathcal BB, β∗∈Λ\beta^*\in\Lambdaβ∗∈Λ, 1n∣XTXδ∣∞≤2r\frac1n|X^TX\delta|_\infty\le2rn1​∣XTXδ∣∞​≤2r, and 1n∣Xδ∣22≤4rs ∣δJ0∣2\frac1n|X\delta|_2^2\le4r\sqrt s\,|\delta_{J_0}|_2n1​∣Xδ∣22​≤4rs​∣δJ0​​∣2​.
  4. (B.26): under RE(s,1)(s,1)(s,1), 1n∣Xδ∣22≤16r2s/κ2\frac1n|X\delta|_2^2\le16r^2s/\kappa^2n1​∣Xδ∣22​≤16r2s/κ2 and ∣δJ0∣2≤4rs/κ2|\delta_{J_0}|_2\le4r\sqrt s/\kappa^2∣δJ0​​∣2​≤4rs​/κ2.
  5. (B.27): on the cone, ∣δ∣1≤(1+c0)s ∣δJ0∣2|\delta|_1\le(1+c_0)\sqrt s\,|\delta_{J_0}|_2∣δ∣1​≤(1+c0​)s​∣δJ0​​∣2​.
  6. (B.28): on the cone, ∣δ∣2≤(1+c0s/m) ∣δJ01∣2|\delta|_2\le(1+c_0\sqrt{s/m})\,|\delta_{J_{01}}|_2∣δ∣2​≤(1+c0​s/m​)∣δJ01​​∣2​.
  7. (B.29): under RE(s,m,1)(s,m,1)(s,m,1), ∣δ∣22≤16(1+s/m)2(rs/κ2)2|\delta|_2^2\le16(1+\sqrt{s/m})^2(r\sqrt s/\kappa^2)^2∣δ∣22​≤16(1+s/m​)2(rs​/κ2)2.
  8. Interpolation: ∑jaj≤b1\sum_ja_j\le b_1∑j​aj​≤b1​, ∑jaj2≤b2\sum_ja_j^2\le b_2∑j​aj2​≤b2​, aj≥0a_j\ge0aj​≥0 imply ∑jajp≤b12−pb2p−1\sum_ja_j^p\le b_1^{2-p}b_2^{p-1}∑j​ajp​≤b12−p​b2p−1​ for 1<p≤21<p\le21<p≤2.

Significance

The result. Theorem 7.1 shows that, up to the factor log⁡M\log MlogM, the Dantzig selector estimates an sss-sparse vector as well as least squares would if the support were known: the prediction error 1n∣X(β^D−β∗)∣22\frac1n|X(\hat\beta_D-\beta^*)|_2^2n1​∣X(β^​D​−β∗)∣22​ is of order σ2slog⁡M/n\sigma^2s\log M/nσ2slogM/n, and the ℓp\ell_pℓp​ errors are of order s1/pσlog⁡M/ns^{1/p}\sigma\sqrt{\log M/n}s1/pσlogM/n​. The bounds hold for any MMM, including M≫nM\gg nM≫n, provided only that RE holds, and every constant is explicit. The paper's Theorem 7.2 gives the same rates for the Lasso; comparing the two is the paper's main message.

Formalizing it. The theorem is proved in the paper; to the best of current knowledge it has not been machine-checked. A complete formal proof would provide: a verified Gaussian maximal inequality for the noise event, the deterministic cone and RE arithmetic that underlies essentially all ℓ1\ell_1ℓ1​-regularized estimation theory, and a reusable ℓ1\ell_1ℓ1​–ℓ2\ell_2ℓ2​ interpolation lemma. Most milestones are deterministic and independent of the probability layer.

Difficulty

The obvious argument — compare β^D\hat\beta_Dβ^​D​ with β∗\beta^*β∗ in Euclidean norm using the smallest eigenvalue of XTX/nX^TX/nXTX/n — fails because that eigenvalue is 0 whenever M>nM>nM>n. The proof must instead show that the error vector lies in a cone on which XXX is injective in a quantitative sense, and this uses the optimality of β^D\hat\beta_Dβ^​D​ (not just feasibility) together with the event B\mathcal BB on which β∗\beta^*β∗ itself is feasible. The ℓp\ell_pℓp​ bound needs a second, stronger condition RE(s,m,1)(s,m,1)(s,m,1) and a control of the tail of the error outside the mmm largest coordinates. On the formal side, handling the non-uniqueness of the minimizer, real powers with exponent p−1p-1p−1 or 2−p2-p2−p, and the union over MMM Gaussian tails with the exact constant M1−A2/2M^{1-A^2/2}M1−A2/2 all need care.

Formalization scope

Vectors are functions Fin M → ℝ, the design is Matrix (Fin n) (Fin M) ℝ; the paper's dictionary of functions enters only through XXX. The unit diagonal of XTX/nX^TX/nXTX/n is a hypothesis, not a normalization performed in the proof. The noise is W : Fin n → Ω → ℝ on a probability space, measurable, mutually independent, each of law N(0,σ2)\mathcal N(0,\sigma^2)N(0,σ2); log⁡\loglog is the natural logarithm. The Dantzig selector is a predicate (feasible and of minimal ℓ1\ell_1ℓ1​ norm among feasible vectors), and every result is stated for every minimizer. RE(s,c0)(s,c_0)(s,c0​) and RE(s,m,c0)(s,m,c_0)(s,m,c0​) are stated through a witness κ\kappaκ (a number with the defining lower-bound property); κ(s,c0)\kappa(s,c_0)κ(s,c0​) is the largest witness and the bounds decrease in κ\kappaκ, so the statements are equivalent to the paper's while avoiding the value of a real infimum over an empty set. Two witnesses are kept apart: κ\kappaκ for RE(s,1)(s,1)(s,1) in (7.4)–(7.5), κ′\kappa'κ′ for RE(s,m,1)(s,m,1)(s,m,1) in (7.6). Ties in the choice of the mmm largest coordinates are handled by quantifying over every admissible J1J_1J1​. The probability statement asserts one measurable event EEE with P(E)≥1−M1−A2/2\mathbb P(E)\ge1-M^{1-A^2/2}P(E)≥1−M1−A2/2 on which all three bounds hold for every minimizer, every admissible mmm, every witness κ′\kappa'κ′ and every ppp.

The event EEE is fixed before the minimizer is quantified, so a formalization in which the event depends on β^D\hat\beta_Dβ^​D​, or in which RE is a hypothesis about the random error vector rather than the design, would be a different (weaker) statement and is not accepted. The deterministic milestones (B.26)–(B.29) take the conclusion of (B.25) as a hypothesis; they are true for every vector satisfying their hypotheses and are not restricted to the event.

A complete development needs Gaussian tail bounds and a union bound (Mathlib's gaussianReal), finite Hölder-type inequalities for real exponents, and elementary sorting arguments for the tail outside J01J_{01}J01​. The cone, RE and interpolation lemmas are reusable for the Lasso (Theorem 7.2, a sister mission) and beyond. Proofs of any milestone are welcome independently.

Selected references

  • P. J. Bickel, Y. Ritov, A. B. Tsybakov, Simultaneous analysis of Lasso and Dantzig selector, Ann. Statist. 37(4), 1705–1732, 2009. arXiv:0801.1095v3: https://arxiv.org/abs/0801.1095
  • E. Candès, T. Tao, The Dantzig selector: statistical estimation when p is much larger than n, Ann. Statist. 35(6), 2313–2351, 2007. https://doi.org/10.1214/009053606000001523
  • R. Tibshirani, Regression shrinkage and selection via the lasso, J. R. Stat. Soc. B 58(1), 267–288, 1996. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.2517-6161.1996.tb02080.x
  • S. van de Geer, P. Bühlmann, On the conditions used to prove oracle results for the Lasso, Electron. J. Statist. 3, 1360–1392, 2009. https://doi.org/10.1214/09-EJS506
10 thms4 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Machine LearningOptimizationStatistics·Captain: mikedeng1

Simultaneous Analysis of Lasso and Dantzig Selector II: Approximate Equivalence of the Lasso and Dantzig Prediction LossesResearch Paper

Motivation

Two estimators dominate sparse high-dimensional regression, where the number MMM of candidate regressors can far exceed the sample size nnn. The Lasso (Tibshirani, 1996) minimises a least-squares criterion plus an ℓ1\ell_1ℓ1​ penalty. The Dantzig selector (Candès and Tao, 2007) minimises the ℓ1\ell_1ℓ1​ norm of the coefficients subject to a bound on the correlation between the residual and the regressors, and is computed by a linear program. They were proposed independently and first analysed under different assumptions: sparsity oracle inequalities for the Lasso (Bunea, Tsybakov and Wegkamp, 2007) and ℓ2\ell_2ℓ2​ bounds for the Dantzig selector under a uniform uncertainty principle (Candès and Tao, 2007). A practitioner choosing between them needs to know whether guarantees for one say anything about the other.

Bickel, Ritov and Tsybakov (arXiv:0801.1095; Ann. Statist. 37(4), 2009, doi:10.1214/08-AOS620) analyse both estimators in parallel under one assumption on the design, the restricted eigenvalue condition. Their main message is that, under sparsity, the two estimators "exhibit similar behavior" (p. 2). Section 5 makes this precise: the prediction losses of the two estimators are close. The result holds in a nonparametric model: the regression function need not be a combination of the regressors. This mission formalizes that comparison, Theorem 5.1 of the paper.

Setting

Let f1,…,fMf_1,\dots,f_Mf1​,…,fM​ be real functions (the dictionary) on a set Z\mathcal ZZ, and Z1,…,Zn∈ZZ_1,\dots,Z_n\in\mathcal ZZ1​,…,Zn​∈Z fixed design points, with n≥1n\ge1n≥1 and M≥2M\ge2M≥2. The design matrix is X=(fj(Zi))∈Rn×MX=(f_j(Z_i))\in\mathbb R^{n\times M}X=(fj​(Zi​))∈Rn×M. Observations are Yi=f(Zi)+WiY_i=f(Z_i)+W_iYi​=f(Zi​)+Wi​, where fff is an unknown function and W1,…,WnW_1,\dots,W_nW1​,…,Wn​ are independent N(0,σ2)\mathcal N(0,\sigma^2)N(0,σ2) with σ>0\sigma>0σ>0. Write y=(Yi)y=(Y_i)y=(Yi​), f=(f(Zi))\boldsymbol f=(f(Z_i))f=(f(Zi​)) and w=(Wi)w=(W_i)w=(Wi​), so y=f+wy=\boldsymbol f+wy=f+w.

The empirical norm of ggg is ∥g∥n=(1n∑ig(Zi)2)1/2\|g\|_n=(\tfrac1n\sum_i g(Z_i)^2)^{1/2}∥g∥n​=(n1​∑i​g(Zi​)2)1/2. Every column has ∥fj∥n≠0\|f_j\|_n\neq0∥fj​∥n​=0, and fmax⁡=max⁡j∥fj∥nf_{\max}=\max_j\|f_j\|_nfmax​=maxj​∥fj​∥n​. For β∈RM\beta\in\mathbb R^Mβ∈RM, fβ=∑jβjfjf_\beta=\sum_j\beta_jf_jfβ​=∑j​βj​fj​ has value vector XβX\betaXβ. The support is J(β)={j:βj≠0}J(\beta)=\{j:\beta_j\ne0\}J(β)={j:βj​=0} and the sparsity is M(β)=∣J(β)∣\mathcal M(\beta)=|J(\beta)|M(β)=∣J(β)∣. For J⊆{1,…,M}J\subseteq\{1,\dots,M\}J⊆{1,…,M}, δJ\delta_JδJ​ agrees with δ\deltaδ on JJJ and vanishes elsewhere.

Fix r>0r>0r>0. The Lasso β^L\hat\beta_Lβ^​L​ is any minimiser of

1n∑i=1n(Yi−fβ(Zi))2+2r∑j=1M∥fj∥n∣βj∣.\frac1n\sum_{i=1}^n\big(Y_i-f_\beta(Z_i)\big)^2+2r\sum_{j=1}^M\|f_j\|_n|\beta_j| .n1​i=1∑n​(Yi​−fβ​(Zi​))2+2rj=1∑M​∥fj​∥n​∣βj​∣.

With D=diag(∥f1∥n2,…,∥fM∥n2)D=\mathrm{diag}(\|f_1\|_n^2,\dots,\|f_M\|_n^2)D=diag(∥f1​∥n2​,…,∥fM​∥n2​), the Dantzig constraint is ∣1nD−1/2X⊤(y−Xβ)∣∞≤r|\tfrac1nD^{-1/2}X^\top(y-X\beta)|_\infty\le r∣n1​D−1/2X⊤(y−Xβ)∣∞​≤r. The Dantzig selector β^D\hat\beta_Dβ^​D​ is any vector of smallest ∣β∣1=∑j∣βj∣|\beta|_1=\sum_j|\beta_j|∣β∣1​=∑j​∣βj​∣ that satisfies it. The estimators are f^L=fβ^L\hat f_L=f_{\hat\beta_L}f^​L​=fβ^​L​​ and f^D=fβ^D\hat f_D=f_{\hat\beta_D}f^​D​=fβ^​D​​.

Assumption RE(s,c0)(s,c_0)(s,c0​) with 1≤s≤M1\le s\le M1≤s≤M, c0>0c_0>0c0​>0 asks that

κ(s,c0)=min⁡∣J0∣≤s min⁡δ≠0, ∣δJ0c∣1≤c0∣δJ0∣1 ∣Xδ∣2n ∣δJ0∣2>0.\kappa(s,c_0)=\min_{|J_0|\le s}\ \min_{\delta\ne0,\ |\delta_{J_0^c}|_1\le c_0|\delta_{J_0}|_1}\ \frac{|X\delta|_2}{\sqrt n\,|\delta_{J_0}|_2}>0 .κ(s,c0​)=∣J0​∣≤smin​ δ=0, ∣δJ0c​​∣1​≤c0​∣δJ0​​∣1​min​ n​∣δJ0​​∣2​∣Xδ∣2​​>0.

Throughout, r=Aσlog⁡M/nr=A\sigma\sqrt{\log M/n}r=AσlogM/n​, where log⁡\loglog is the natural logarithm.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 5.1

Assume RE(s,1)(s,1)(s,1) with 1≤s≤M1\le s\le M1≤s≤M, and let A>22A>2\sqrt2A>22​. With probability at least 1−M1−A2/81-M^{1-A^2/8}1−M1−A2/8, every Lasso solution with M(β^L)≤s\mathcal M(\hat\beta_L)\le sM(β^​L​)≤s and every Dantzig selector satisfy

∣ ∥f^D−f∥n2−∥f^L−f∥n2 ∣≤16A2 M(β^L)σ2n fmax⁡2κ2(s,1) log⁡M.\Big|\,\|\hat f_D-f\|_n^2-\|\hat f_L-f\|_n^2\,\Big|\le16A^2\,\frac{\mathcal M(\hat\beta_L)\sigma^2}{n}\,\frac{f_{\max}^2}{\kappa^2(s,1)}\,\log M .​∥f^​D​−f∥n2​−∥f^​L​−f∥n2​​≤16A2nM(β^​L​)σ2​κ2(s,1)fmax2​​logM.

Milestones

The proof uses one probabilistic event and two one-sided deterministic inequalities.

  1. The Lasso satisfies the Dantzig constraint (2.3).
  2. The noise event A=⋂j{2∣1n∑iXijWi∣≤r∥fj∥n}\mathcal A=\bigcap_j\{2|\tfrac1n\sum_iX_{ij}W_i|\le r\|f_j\|_n\}A=⋂j​{2∣n1​∑i​Xij​Wi​∣≤r∥fj​∥n​} has P(Ac)≤M1−A2/8\mathbb P(\mathcal A^c)\le M^{1-A^2/8}P(Ac)≤M1−A2/8 (B.4).
  3. On A\mathcal AA, ∣1nX⊤(f−Xβ^L)∣∞≤3rfmax⁡/2|\tfrac1nX^\top(\boldsymbol f-X\hat\beta_L)|_\infty\le 3rf_{\max}/2∣n1​X⊤(f−Xβ^​L​)∣∞​≤3rfmax​/2 (Lemma B.1, (B.2)).
  4. The Dantzig error lies in the cone ∣δJ0c∣1≤∣δJ0∣1|\delta_{J_0^c}|_1\le|\delta_{J_0}|_1∣δJ0c​​∣1​≤∣δJ0​​∣1​ (Lemma B.3, (B.9)).
  5. On the larger event B⊇A\mathcal B\supseteq\mathcal AB⊇A, ∣1nX⊤(f−Xβ^D)∣∞≤2rfmax⁡|\tfrac1nX^\top(\boldsymbol f-X\hat\beta_D)|_\infty\le 2rf_{\max}∣n1​X⊤(f−Xβ^​D​)∣∞​≤2rfmax​ (Lemma B.3, (B.10)).
  6. ∥f^D−f∥n2≤∥f^L−f∥n2+16fmax⁡2r2M(β^L)/κ2\|\hat f_D-f\|_n^2\le\|\hat f_L-f\|_n^2+16f_{\max}^2r^2\mathcal M(\hat\beta_L)/\kappa^2∥f^​D​−f∥n2​≤∥f^​L​−f∥n2​+16fmax2​r2M(β^​L​)/κ2 on B\mathcal BB (B.15).
  7. ∥f^L−f∥n2≤∥f^D−f∥n2+9fmax⁡2r2M(β^L)/κ2\|\hat f_L-f\|_n^2\le\|\hat f_D-f\|_n^2+9f_{\max}^2r^2\mathcal M(\hat\beta_L)/\kappa^2∥f^​L​−f∥n2​≤∥f^​D​−f∥n2​+9fmax2​r2M(β^​L​)/κ2 on A\mathcal AA (B.17).

Further result: Theorem 5.2

Assume ∥fj∥n=1\|f_j\|_n=1∥fj​∥n​=1 for all jjj and RE(s,5)(s,5)(s,5). With probability at least 1−M1−A2/81-M^{1-A^2/8}1−M1−A2/8, whenever M(β^D)≤s\mathcal M(\hat\beta_D)\le sM(β^​D​)≤s,

∥f^L−f∥n2≤10∥f^D−f∥n2+81A2 M(β^D)σ2n log⁡Mκ2(s,5).\|\hat f_L-f\|_n^2\le10\|\hat f_D-f\|_n^2+81A^2\,\frac{\mathcal M(\hat\beta_D)\sigma^2}{n}\,\frac{\log M}{\kappa^2(s,5)} .∥f^​L​−f∥n2​≤10∥f^​D​−f∥n2​+81A2nM(β^​D​)σ2​κ2(s,5)logM​.

Significance

The result. Theorem 5.1 bounds the gap between the two prediction losses by the rate M(β^L)σ2log⁡M/n\mathcal M(\hat\beta_L)\sigma^2\log M/nM(β^​L​)σ2logM/n of a sparse regression with M(β^L)\mathcal M(\hat\beta_L)M(β^​L​) parameters. The bound carries a factor fmax⁡2/κ2(s,1)f^2_{\max}/\kappa^2(s,1)fmax2​/κ2(s,1) that measures how ill-conditioned the Gram matrix is on sparse vectors. A prediction bound for one estimator therefore transfers to the other at this cost. The paper uses this transfer in Proposition 6.3, which combines Theorem 5.1 with the Lasso oracle inequality of Section 6 to derive an oracle inequality for the Dantzig selector. The theorem requires no assumption relating fff to the dictionary.

Formalizing it. The result has been proved since 2009, and this mission formalizes that proof. None of the objects involved exists on Prove2Me yet: the weighted Lasso, the Dantzig selector and the Gaussian noise events. The Wainwright series on the platform defines a differently normalised Lasso with an unweighted penalty, a single fixed support and a different restricted eigenvalue condition, so it cannot be reused here. A machine-checked proof would also confirm the paper's constants, 16A216A^216A2 and the thresholds 222\sqrt222​ and M1−A2/8M^{1-A^2/8}M1−A2/8, which appear in all later analyses.

Difficulty

Each estimator is defined only implicitly, as the solution of an optimisation problem, and neither need be unique. Comparing their losses directly gives ±2nδ⊤X⊤(f−Xβ^)\pm\tfrac2n\delta^\top X^\top(\boldsymbol f-X\hat\beta)±n2​δ⊤X⊤(f−Xβ^​) plus 1n∣Xδ∣22\tfrac1n|X\delta|_2^2n1​∣Xδ∣22​ with δ=β^L−β^D\delta=\hat\beta_L-\hat\beta_Dδ=β^​L​−β^​D​. A crude bound on the cross term, ∣δ∣1⋅∣X⊤(⋅)∣∞|\delta|_1\cdot|X^\top(\cdot)|_\infty∣δ∣1​⋅∣X⊤(⋅)∣∞​, yields an error proportional to ∣δ∣1|\delta|_1∣δ∣1​. This does not produce the sparse rate unless ∣δ∣1|\delta|_1∣δ∣1​ is controlled by ∣Xδ∣2|X\delta|_2∣Xδ∣2​. That control needs δ\deltaδ to lie in the restricted eigenvalue cone at the support of the random, data-dependent vector β^L\hat\beta_Lβ^​L​. The restricted eigenvalue condition must therefore hold uniformly over supports of size at most sss; a condition for one fixed support does not suffice. The probabilistic part is a union bound over MMM Gaussian coordinates, and it must be arranged so that a single event serves every minimiser of both programs.

Formalization scope

The dictionary and the design points enter every statement only through XXX and f\boldsymbol ff, so the Lean statements take X : Matrix (Fin n) (Fin M) ℝ and f : Fin n → ℝ directly, and fff is arbitrary. The noise is a family W : Fin n → Ω → ℝ of measurable, mutually independent random variables with law gaussianReal 0 σ², and y=f+W(ω)y=f+W(\omega)y=f+W(ω). The Lasso and the Dantzig selector are predicates (IsLasso, IsDantzig), and every theorem is stated for every solution. The Dantzig constraint is written coordinatewise as ∣1n∑iXij(yi−(Xβ)i)∣≤r∥fj∥n|\tfrac1n\sum_iX_{ij}(y_i-(X\beta)_i)|\le r\|f_j\|_n∣n1​∑i​Xij​(yi​−(Xβ)i​)∣≤r∥fj​∥n​. The Lasso penalty and the Dantzig constraint are weighted by ∥fj∥n\|f_j\|_n∥fj​∥n​, and the Dantzig objective ∣β∣1|\beta|_1∣β∣1​ is unweighted, exactly as in the paper. Theorem 5.1 does not normalise the columns.

RE(s,c0)(s,c_0)(s,c0​) is stated through a witness: a real κ>0\kappa>0κ>0 with κn∣δJ0∣2≤∣Xδ∣2\kappa\sqrt n|\delta_{J_0}|_2\le|X\delta|_2κn​∣δJ0​​∣2​≤∣Xδ∣2​ on the cone, for all ∣J0∣≤s|J_0|\le s∣J0​∣≤s. The paper's κ(s,c0)\kappa(s,c_0)κ(s,c0​) is attained, so it is the largest witness. Every bound decreases in κ\kappaκ, so this reading is equivalent to the paper's and avoids a real infimum over an empty set. "With probability at least ppp" becomes the existence of a measurable event EEE with P(E)≥p\mathbb P(E)\ge pP(E)≥p on which the conclusion holds for every Lasso solution and every Dantzig selector. The condition M(β^L)≤s\mathcal M(\hat\beta_L)\le sM(β^​L​)≤s is imposed inside the event, per realisation. The milestones (B.2), (B.10), (B.15) and (B.17) are stated deterministically, on the noise events A\mathcal AA and B\mathcal BB as predicates on the noise vector; this is how the proof uses them. (B.4) is stated for every A>0A>0A>0, which is stronger than the paper's A>22A>2\sqrt2A>22​ and still true.

The goal cannot be made vacuous. For A>22A>2\sqrt2A>22​ the probability bound 1−M1−A2/81-M^{1-A^2/8}1−M1−A2/8 is positive. Lasso solutions exist because r>0r>0r>0 and every ∥fj∥n>0\|f_j\|_n>0∥fj​∥n​>0, and Dantzig selectors exist because the Lasso is feasible. RE(s,1)(s,1)(s,1) with κ=1\kappa=1κ=1 holds for X=n IX=\sqrt n\,IX=n​I.

A complete development needs:

  • subgradient optimality for the weighted Lasso;
  • a Gaussian tail bound P(∣η∣≥t)≤e−t2/2\mathbb P(|\eta|\ge t)\le e^{-t^2/2}P(∣η∣≥t)≤e−t2/2 together with the law of a weighted sum of independent Gaussians;
  • Cauchy–Schwarz on supports;
  • the quadratic bound bx−x2≤b2/4bx-x^2\le b^2/4bx−x2≤b2/4.

The noise-event lemmas and the Lasso optimality condition can be reused by the companion missions on this paper. Proofs of any milestone are welcome, including proofs that route (B.4) through Mathlib's sub-Gaussian API.

Selected references

  • P. J. Bickel, Y. Ritov, A. B. Tsybakov, Simultaneous analysis of Lasso and Dantzig selector, Ann. Statist. 37(4), 1705–1732, 2009. arXiv:0801.1095v3: https://arxiv.org/abs/0801.1095 ; doi:10.1214/08-AOS620
  • E. Candès, T. Tao, The Dantzig selector: statistical estimation when p is much larger than n, Ann. Statist. 35(6), 2313–2351, 2007. https://doi.org/10.1214/009053606000001523
  • R. Tibshirani, Regression shrinkage and selection via the lasso, J. R. Stat. Soc. B 58(1), 267–288, 1996. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.2517-6161.1996.tb02080.x
  • F. Bunea, A. B. Tsybakov, M. H. Wegkamp, Sparsity oracle inequalities for the Lasso, Electron. J. Stat. 1, 169–194, 2007. https://doi.org/10.1214/07-EJS008
9 thms4 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Algorithmic Game TheoryOperations Research·Captain: mikedeng1

Subjectivity and Correlation in Randomized Strategies I: Subjective Mixed Equilibria of Two-Person Games Have Objective PayoffsResearch Paper

Motivation

Classical non-cooperative game theory randomizes with objective, independent devices: each player spins a private wheel whose odds everyone agrees on. Aumann's 1974 paper (doi:10.1016/0304-4068(74)90037-8) asks what changes when the randomizing events are ordinary events of the world, about which players may hold different subjective probabilities and may be differently informed. The paper introduced correlated equilibrium, and it also separates two effects that the classical model fuses: subjectivity (players disagree about probabilities) and correlation (players peg their choices on common or dependent events).

This mission formalizes the paper's result on subjectivity without correlation. Example 2.3 of the paper exhibits a three-person game in which strategies pegged on subjective but mutually secret events form an equilibrium that every player prefers to every classical mixed equilibrium. Proposition 5.1 shows that this cannot happen with two players.

Setting

A game has a finite set N={1,…,n}N=\{1,\dots,n\}N={1,…,n} of players, a finite set SiS_iSi​ of pure strategies for each player, a finite set XXX of outcomes and an outcome function ggg from S=×i∈NSiS=\times_{i\in N}S_iS=×i∈N​Si​ onto XXX. Player iii has a utility ui:X→Ru_i:X\to\mathbb Rui​:X→R; write hi(a)=ui(g(a))h_i(a)=u_i(g(a))hi​(a)=ui​(g(a)) for a∈Sa\in Sa∈S.

A randomizing structure consists of a set Ω\OmegaΩ of states of the world with a σ\sigmaσ-field B\mathcal BB of events, a sub-σ\sigmaσ-field Ji⊆B\mathcal J_i\subseteq\mathcal BJi​⊆B for each player (the events iii is informed about), and a probability measure pip_ipi​ on B\mathcal BB for each player (the subjective probability of iii). A strategy of iii is a map si:Ω→Sis_i:\Omega\to S_isi​:Ω→Si​ whose level sets {si=a}\{s_i=a\}{si​=a} lie in Ji\mathcal J_iJi​. For a profile s=(s1,…,sn)s=(s_1,\dots,s_n)s=(s1​,…,sn​) of strategies the payoff of iii is

Hi(s)=∫Ωhi(s(ω)) dpi(ω),H_i(s)=\int_\Omega h_i\big(s(\omega)\big)\,dp_i(\omega),Hi​(s)=∫Ω​hi​(s(ω))dpi​(ω),

computed under player iii's own beliefs. An equilibrium point is a profile sss with Hi(s)≥Hi(s1,…,ti,…,sn)H_i(s)\ge H_i(s_1,\dots,t_i,\dots,s_n)Hi​(s)≥Hi​(s1​,…,ti​,…,sn​) for every player iii and every strategy tit_iti​ of iii.

An event AAA is iii-secret if A∈JiA\in\mathcal J_iA∈Ji​ and every other player jjj regards AAA as independent of every event in the σ\sigmaσ-field generated by the Jk\mathcal J_kJk​, k≠ik\ne ik=i: pj(A∩B)=pj(A)pj(B)p_j(A\cap B)=p_j(A)p_j(B)pj​(A∩B)=pj​(A)pj​(B). A strategy is mixed if its level sets are iii-secret, and objective if each level set has the same probability under every pjp_jpj​. A measure is non-atomic on a σ\sigmaσ-field R\mathcal RR if every event of R\mathcal RR of positive measure contains an event of R\mathcal RR of strictly smaller positive measure; a roulette is a sub-σ\sigmaσ-field of B\mathcal BB on which every pjp_jpj​ is non-atomic. Throughout, Assumption II holds: every player iii has a σ\sigmaσ-field Ri\mathcal R_iRi​ of iii-secret events on which every pjp_jpj​ is non-atomic.

For distributions σi\sigma_iσi​ on SiS_iSi​ the classical payoff is Fi(σ)=∑a∈Shi(a)∏jσj(aj)F_i(\sigma)=\sum_{a\in S}h_i(a)\prod_j\sigma_j(a_j)Fi​(σ)=∑a∈S​hi​(a)∏j​σj​(aj​), and σ\sigmaσ is a Nash equilibrium point if no player gains by switching to another distribution.

Formalization targets

Goal: Proposition 5.1 (p. 78)

Let n=2n=2n=2 and assume

p1(B)=0  ⟺  p2(B)=0for every B∈B.(5.2)p_1(B)=0\iff p_2(B)=0\qquad\text{for every }B\in\mathcal B.\tag{5.2}p1​(B)=0⟺p2​(B)=0for every B∈B.(5.2)

Then for every equilibrium point sss in mixed strategies there is an equilibrium point ttt in objective mixed strategies with

H(s)=H(t).H(s)=H(t).H(s)=H(t).

The game need not be zero-sum.

Milestones

  1. Lemma 7.1 (p. 81): in a roulette R\mathcal RR, for events B1,…,BlB^1,\dots,B^lB1,…,Bl and α∈[0,1]\alpha\in[0,1]α∈[0,1], there is an objective A∈RA\in\mathcal RA∈R with pi(A)=αp_i(A)=\alphapi​(A)=α and pi(A∩Bk)=pi(A)pi(Bk)p_i(A\cap B^k)=p_i(A)p_i(B^k)pi​(A∩Bk)=pi​(A)pi​(Bk) for all i,ki,ki,k.
  2. Lemma 4.1 (p. 77): every distribution σi\sigma_iσi​ on SiS_iSi​ is realised by an objective mixed strategy sis_isi​ with p{si=a}=σi(a)p\{s_i=a\}=\sigma_i(a)p{si​=a}=σi​(a).
  3. Lemma 7.3 (p. 82): if every sjs_jsj​, j≠ij\ne ij=i, is mixed, then pi{s=a}=pi{si=ai} pi{sj=aj ∀j≠i}=∏jpi{sj=aj}p_i\{s=a\}=p_i\{s_i=a_i\}\,p_i\{s_j=a_j\ \forall j\ne i\}=\prod_j p_i\{s_j=a_j\}pi​{s=a}=pi​{si​=ai​}pi​{sj​=aj​ ∀j=i}=∏j​pi​{sj​=aj​}.
  4. Corollary 7.4 (p. 83): mixed strategies are independent under every pkp_kpk​.
  5. Proposition 4.3 (p. 77): {F(σ):σ Nash}={H(s):s an equilibrium point in objective mixed strategies}\{F(\sigma):\sigma\text{ Nash}\}=\{H(s): s\text{ an equilibrium point in objective mixed strategies}\}{F(σ):σ Nash}={H(s):s an equilibrium point in objective mixed strategies}.

Significance

The result. Proposition 5.1 isolates correlation as the source of the new equilibrium payoffs of the subjective model in two-person games: disagreement about probabilities alone, with strategies pegged on secret events, reproduces only payoffs already achievable by classical mixed strategies (by Proposition 4.3, only Nash equilibrium payoffs). The paper uses it to explain Example 2.9, where two zero-sum players both expect more than the value, as an effect of subjectivity combined with correlation. Proposition 4.3 is the bridge that embeds classical Nash theory in the subjective model; with Nash's theorem it gives existence of equilibrium points in every game.

Formalizing it. The results are proved in the paper; to our knowledge none of them has been machine-checked. The mission produces a reusable measure-theoretic model of randomized strategies with private information and subjective beliefs (secret events, mixed and objective strategies, roulettes), a non-atomicity notion relative to a sub-σ\sigmaσ-field, and the Lyapunov-type construction of Lemma 7.1, none of which exists in Mathlib at the pinned revision.

Difficulty

The equilibrium conditions quantify over all strategies of the deviator, i.e. all Ji\mathcal J_iJi​-measurable maps, and the deviator may know events on which the opponent's mixed strategy is pegged. The obvious computation of H1(t1,s2)H_1(t_1,s_2)H1​(t1​,s2​) as a sum of products of marginal probabilities is valid only because the opponent's strategy is pegged on secret events, which is the content of Lemma 7.3; for correlated strategies it fails, and Example 2.9 shows the proposition then fails. A second obstacle is that the replacement t1t_1t1​ must reproduce player 2's beliefs about s1s_1s1​, while player 1's own equilibrium condition is stated under p1p_1p1​; condition (5.2) is what transfers "aaa is played with positive probability" from one player's beliefs to the other's. Constructing objective strategies with prescribed probabilities (Lemmas 7.1 and 4.1) needs the convexity of the range of a non-atomic vector measure (Lyapunov's theorem), which is not in Mathlib.

Formalization scope

Players are a finite type (Fin 2 in the goal, players 1,2↦0,11,2\mapsto 0,11,2↦0,1); the SiS_iSi​ and XXX are finite types, and ggg is surjective. The σ\sigmaσ-field B\mathcal BB is an explicit parameter mΩ of the structure RandomizingStructure ι Ω mΩ, which carries the Ji\mathcal J_iJi​ and the probability measures pip_ipi​. Probabilities are [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞]-valued Mathlib measures. Utilities and pip_ipi​ are data (Assumption I is used only to compare lotteries by expected utility; the uniqueness of pip_ipi​ is not encoded). HiH_iHi​ is a Bochner integral; for strategy profiles the integrand has finitely many values and is measurable, hence integrable. Non-atomicity on a sub-σ\sigmaσ-field is defined directly; Mathlib's NoAtoms (singletons are null) would trivialize Assumption II and is not used. "Mixed" means pegged on the family of all iii-secret events, not on the σ\sigmaσ-field Ri\mathcal R_iRi​ of Assumption II. Classical distributions, FiF_iFi​ and Nash equilibrium points are AGT.IsLottery, AGT.expectedPayoff and AGT.IsMixedNash from the published definition agt_games.

A formalization that restricted deviations to mixed or objective strategies, or dropped "mixed" from the hypothesis on sss, would state a different theorem and is ruled out.

Useful contributions: Lyapunov's convexity theorem for finite-dimensional non-atomic vector measures (or the special case needed for Lemma 7.1), the factorization of Lemma 7.3, and the payoff identities used in the proof of Proposition 4.3. The model definitions are shared in meaning with the companion mission on two-person zero-sum games.

Selected references

  • R. J. Aumann, Subjectivity and Correlation in Randomized Strategies, Journal of Mathematical Economics 1 (1974) 67–96. https://doi.org/10.1016/0304-4068(74)90037-8
  • J. Nash, Non-Cooperative Games, Annals of Mathematics 54 (1951) 286–295. https://doi.org/10.2307/1969529
  • A. Liapounoff, Sur les fonctions-vecteurs complètement additives, Izv. Akad. Nauk SSSR Ser. Mat. 4 (1940) 465–478.
  • L. J. Savage, The Foundations of Statistics, Wiley, 1954.
9 thms4 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Operations ResearchOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

On Properties of Stochastic Inventory Systems III: Bounds between the Optimal Costs of the Stochastic (Q, r) Model and the EOQ ModelResearch Paper

Motivation

The continuous-review (Q,r)(Q, r)(Q,r) policy — order a fixed quantity QQQ whenever the inventory position falls to the reorder point rrr — is the textbook policy for a single item with random demand and a positive replenishment leadtime (Hadley and Whitin 1963). Its optimal parameters have no closed form, so practice routinely falls back on the deterministic economic order quantity (EOQ) model with backorders, whose optimum is explicit. How much the deterministic model misjudges the stochastic system's cost is therefore a practical question, and before Zheng (1992) it had been studied only numerically (Wagner, O'Hagan and Lundh 1965; Naddor 1975; Archibald and Silver 1978).

Zheng's paper answers it analytically. This mission targets its Theorem 3, which brackets the optimal cost of the stochastic model by the optimal cost of the EOQ model with the same parameters.

Setting

Demands arrive at rate λ>0\lambda>0λ>0 and orders arrive after a fixed leadtime L>0L>0L>0. Each order costs K>0K>0K>0; holding and backorder costs accrue at rates h>0h>0h>0 and p>0p>0p>0 per unit per unit time. The leadtime demand DDD is a nonnegative random variable with E(D)=λLE(D)=\lambda LE(D)=λL. The inventory cost rate at inventory position yyy is the newsvendor cost

G(y)=E[h(y−D)++p(D−y)+],G(y)=E\big[h(y-D)^+ + p(D-y)^+\big],G(y)=E[h(y−D)++p(D−y)+],

assumed to attain its minimum at a unique point y0y^0y0.

For order quantity Q>0Q>0Q>0 and reorder point rrr, the long-run average cost is

c(Q,r)=λK+∫rr+QG(y) dyQ.c(Q,r)=\frac{\lambda K+\int_r^{r+Q}G(y)\,dy}{Q}.c(Q,r)=QλK+∫rr+Q​G(y)dy​.

Let r(Q)r(Q)r(Q) be a reorder point minimizing c(Q,⋅)c(Q,\cdot)c(Q,⋅), and define H(Q)=G(r(Q))H(Q)=G(r(Q))H(Q)=G(r(Q)) for Q>0Q>0Q>0, H(0)=G(y0)H(0)=G(y^0)H(0)=G(y0), and C(Q)=c(Q,r(Q))C(Q)=c(Q,r(Q))C(Q)=c(Q,r(Q)). The optimal order quantity Q∗Q^*Q∗ minimizes CCC over Q>0Q>0Q>0, and C∗=C(Q∗)C^*=C(Q^*)C∗=C(Q∗). Write H0(Q)=H(Q)−G(y0)H_0(Q)=H(Q)-G(y^0)H0​(Q)=H(Q)−G(y0) and

C0(Q)=λK+∫0QH0(y) dyQ,C_0(Q)=\frac{\lambda K+\int_0^Q H_0(y)\,dy}{Q},C0​(Q)=QλK+∫0Q​H0​(y)dy​,

the controllable cost, so that C(Q)=G(y0)+C0(Q)C(Q)=G(y^0)+C_0(Q)C(Q)=G(y0)+C0​(Q); C0∗=C0(Q∗)C^*_0=C_0(Q^*)C0∗​=C0​(Q∗). The constant G(y0)G(y^0)G(y0) is the newsboy cost.

The EOQ model is the same construction with demand constant at λL\lambda LλL: Gd(y)=h(y−λL)++p(λL−y)+G_d(y)=h(y-\lambda L)^+ + p(\lambda L-y)^+Gd​(y)=h(y−λL)++p(λL−y)+, with functions HdH_dHd​, CdC_dCd​, optimal quantity Qd∗=2λK(h+p)/(hp)Q^*_d=\sqrt{2\lambda K(h+p)/(hp)}Qd∗​=2λK(h+p)/(hp)​ and optimal cost Cd∗=Cd(Qd∗)C^*_d=C_d(Q^*_d)Cd∗​=Cd​(Qd∗​).

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 3 (p. 97)

C0∗≤Qd∗Q∗ Cd∗,Cd∗≤C∗≤G(y0)+Qd∗Q∗ Cd∗.C^*_0\le\frac{Q^*_d}{Q^*}\,C^*_d,\qquad C^*_d\le C^*\le G(y^0)+\frac{Q^*_d}{Q^*}\,C^*_d.C0∗​≤Q∗Qd∗​​Cd∗​,Cd∗​≤C∗≤G(y0)+Q∗Qd∗​​Cd∗​.

All three inequalities are part of the goal. The weaker remark after the proof, Cd∗≤C∗≤Cd∗+G(y0)C^*_d\le C^*\le C^*_d+G(y^0)Cd∗​≤C∗≤Cd∗​+G(y0), drops the factor Qd∗/Q∗Q^*_d/Q^*Qd∗​/Q∗ and is not the goal.

Milestones

  1. Eq. (7): C(Q)=(λK+∫0QH(y) dy)/QC(Q)=\big(\lambda K+\int_0^Q H(y)\,dy\big)/QC(Q)=(λK+∫0Q​H(y)dy)/Q for Q>0Q>0Q>0.
  2. Eq. (8): Q>0Q>0Q>0 is optimal iff H(Q)=C(Q)H(Q)=C(Q)H(Q)=C(Q).
  3. Eqs. (13)–(15): C(Q)=G(y0)+C0(Q)C(Q)=G(y^0)+C_0(Q)C(Q)=G(y0)+C0​(Q), and H0(Q∗)=C0(Q∗)H_0(Q^*)=C_0(Q^*)H0​(Q∗)=C0​(Q∗).
  4. Lemma 6: A(Q)=QH(Q)−∫0QHA(Q)=QH(Q)-\int_0^QHA(Q)=QH(Q)−∫0Q​H is increasing and convex; Q=Q∗Q=Q^*Q=Q∗ iff A(Q)=λKA(Q)=\lambda KA(Q)=λK; Q∗Q^*Q∗ increases and r∗r^*r∗ decreases in KKK.
  5. Eqs. (18), (20): Hd(Q)=hph+pQH_d(Q)=\frac{hp}{h+p}QHd​(Q)=h+php​Q, and Qd∗Q^*_dQd∗​ is the EOQ optimum.
  6. Lemma 8: ∫0QH≥12QH(Q)≥A(Q)≥12QH0(Q)≥∫0QH0\int_0^QH\ge\tfrac12QH(Q)\ge A(Q)\ge\tfrac12QH_0(Q)\ge\int_0^QH_0∫0Q​H≥21​QH(Q)≥A(Q)≥21​QH0​(Q)≥∫0Q​H0​, with equalities for deterministic demand.
  7. Eq. (22): Gd(y)≤G(y)G_d(y)\le G(y)Gd​(y)≤G(y) for all yyy.

Significance

Theorem 3 says that randomness of leadtime demand raises the total optimal cost above the EOQ's, yet the controllable part of that cost — the part the order quantity actually trades off — is smaller than the EOQ's cost, scaled by Qd∗/Q∗Q^*_d/Q^*Qd∗​/Q∗. Combined with Qd∗≤Q∗Q^*_d\le Q^*Qd∗​≤Q∗ (Theorem 2 of the paper), the gap C∗−Cd∗C^*-C^*_dC∗−Cd∗​ is at most the newsboy cost G(y0)G(y^0)G(y0), independent of KKK, so the EOQ cost is a good proxy when KKK is large relative to G(y0)G(y^0)G(y0). The same machinery yields the paper's Theorem 5, that using Qd∗Q^*_dQd∗​ in the stochastic model costs at most 1/81/81/8 more than the optimum.

The result was proved in 1992; no machine-checked proof is known to exist. Formalizing it requires the continuous (Q,r)(Q,r)(Q,r) model as a whole — optimal reorder points, the one-variable reduction through HHH, and the area function AAA — none of which is in Mathlib. The companion missions of this series formalize Theorems 2, 4 and 5 of the same paper on the same model.

Difficulty

The middle inequality compares minima of two different functions: Cd≤CC_d\le CCd​≤C pointwise follows from Jensen's inequality, but only after the reorder point of each model is chosen optimally, so the comparison has to pass through the definition of CCC as a minimum over rrr. The outer inequalities depend on Lemma 8, whose proof uses convexity of HHH and a slope comparison H′≤Hd′H'\le H_d'H′≤Hd′​ (Lemmas 4 and 7). The paper argues these through first and second derivatives of r(Q)r(Q)r(Q) and GGG, which exist only when the leadtime demand has a smooth distribution; the formal statements assume no density, so a proof must either avoid derivatives or handle one-sided ones. Existence of optimal reorder points and of Q∗Q^*Q∗ is asserted in the paper without a separate argument.

Formalization scope

Everything lives in the namespace ZhengQR.CostBounds. The machinery (qrCost, reorderPt, idealPt, Hfun, Cfun, Afun, H0fun, C0fun, IsOptQty) is defined for an arbitrary G:R→RG:\mathbb R\to\mathbb RG:R→R and instantiated at the stochastic GGG and at GdG_dGd​. A structure QRModel holds the parameters, the demand distribution μ\muμ (a probability measure on R\mathbb RR) and the standing assumptions.

Conventions committed to:

  • Positivity of λ,L,K,h,p\lambda,L,K,h,pλ,L,K,h,p; D≥0D\ge0D≥0 almost surely; DDD integrable with E(D)=λLE(D)=\lambda LE(D)=λL; GGG has a unique minimizer (p. 90). No density is assumed.
  • r(Q)r(Q)r(Q) is a chosen minimizer of c(Q,⋅)c(Q,\cdot)c(Q,⋅) over R\mathbb RR, not a solution of G(r)=G(r+Q)G(r)=G(r+Q)G(r)=G(r+Q); y0y^0y0 is a chosen minimizer of GGG. Both use junk value 000 when no minimizer exists, which never happens under the assumptions.
  • H(0)=G(y0)H(0)=G(y^0)H(0)=G(y0); statements about HHH and AAA are on [0,∞)[0,\infty)[0,∞), about ccc, CCC, C0C_0C0​ for Q>0Q>0Q>0.
  • "Optimal order quantity" means Q>0Q>0Q>0 and C(Q)≤C(Q′)C(Q)\le C(Q')C(Q)≤C(Q′) for all Q′>0Q'>0Q′>0; the goal takes any such Q∗Q^*Q∗ and Lemma 6 states that exactly one exists, so the goal is not vacuous.
  • Cd∗C^*_dCd∗​ is Cd(Qd∗)C_d(Q^*_d)Cd​(Qd∗​), with Qd∗Q^*_dQd∗​ the explicit formula (20); milestone 5 proves it is the EOQ optimum. C0∗C^*_0C0∗​ is C0(Q∗)C_0(Q^*)C0​(Q∗), which equals min⁡Q>0C0\min_{Q>0}C_0minQ>0​C0​ by (13).
  • "Increasing" in Lemma 6 is read strictly, as the proof gives. Lemma 8 is stated for Q≥0Q\ge0Q≥0; "deterministic" means μ\muμ is the Dirac mass at λL\lambda LλL.

A formalization in which Cd∗C^*_dCd∗​ were an arbitrary number, or Q∗Q^*Q∗ an arbitrary positive real, would make the goal false or empty; both are tied to the model above.

Needed infrastructure: existence of minimizers of convex coercive functions on R\mathbb RR, differentiation of parametric integrals ∫r(Q)r(Q)+QG\int_{r(Q)}^{r(Q)+Q}G∫r(Q)r(Q)+Q​G, and properties of the newsvendor cost (convexity, coercivity, Jensen). Most of it is reusable for any continuous-review inventory model. Proofs of any milestone, and of lemmas the paper uses but this mission does not list (Lemmas 2–5, 7), are welcome.

Selected references

  • Y.-S. Zheng, On Properties of Stochastic Inventory Systems, Management Science 38(1):87–103, 1992. https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.38.1.87
  • G. Hadley and T. M. Whitin, Analysis of Inventory Systems, Prentice-Hall, 1963.
  • P. Zipkin, Inventory Service-Level Measures: Convexity and Approximation, Management Science 32(8):975–981, 1986. https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.32.8.975
  • A. Federgruen and Y.-S. Zheng, An Efficient Algorithm for Computing an Optimal (r, Q) Policy in Continuous Review Stochastic Inventory Systems, Operations Research 40(4):808–813, 1992. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.40.4.808
10 thms4 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Bandit AlgorithmsMachine LearningOperations Research·Captain: mikedeng1

Stochastic Linear Optimization under Bandit Feedback 1: The Regret Bound of ConfidenceBallResearch Paper

Motivation

In stochastic linear optimization under bandit feedback a learner repeatedly chooses a decision xtx_txt​ from a fixed set D⊆RnD\subseteq\mathbb R^nD⊆Rn and observes only the noisy cost of that one decision, whose expectation is a fixed but unknown linear function μ⊤xt\mu^\top x_tμ⊤xt​. The model covers online routing, ad and product selection with feature vectors, and any sequential decision problem whose decision set is too large to enumerate but whose expected cost is linear in a known representation. The multi-armed bandit is the special case where DDD is the set of standard basis vectors.

Dani, Hayes and Kakade (COLT 2008) analysed the algorithm ConfidenceBall₂, a generalization of Auer's LinRel (JMLR 2002), and proved that its regret is O∗(nT)O^*(n\sqrt T)O∗(nT​) with high probability for an arbitrary compact decision set, and that this is optimal up to logarithmic factors. Their confidence-ellipsoid construction became the template for later linear bandit algorithms (OFUL, LinUCB), and the ellipsoid-plus-potential analysis is the standard argument of the field (Lattimore and Szepesvári, Bandit Algorithms, Chapters 19–20).

Timeline: Auer (2002) introduced LinRel for finite decision sets; Dani, Hayes and Kakade (2008) extended it to arbitrary compact sets with the O∗(nT)O^*(n\sqrt T)O∗(nT​) bound and a matching Ω(nT)\Omega(n\sqrt T)Ω(nT​) lower bound; Rusmevichientong and Tsitsiklis (Math. Oper. Res. 2010) studied linearly parameterized bandits with dimension-dependent regret bounds; Abbasi-Yadkori, Pál and Szepesvári (NeurIPS 2011) sharpened the confidence ellipsoids with self-normalized martingale bounds.

Setting

Fix n≥1n\ge1n≥1 and a compact decision set D⊆RnD\subseteq\mathbb R^nD⊆Rn whose standard basis e1,…,ene_1,\dots,e_ne1​,…,en​ is a barycentric spanner: each ei∈De_i\in Dei​∈D and every x∈Dx\in Dx∈D lies in the cube [−1,1]n[-1,1]^n[−1,1]n. The paper's Section 5 adopts these coordinates without loss of generality. An unknown vector μ∈Rn\mu\in\mathbb R^nμ∈Rn satisfies ∣μ⊤x∣≤1|\mu^\top x|\le1∣μ⊤x∣≤1 for x∈Dx\in Dx∈D, and x∗∈Dx^*\in Dx∗∈D minimises μ⊤x\mu^\top xμ⊤x.

On round t=1,2,…t=1,2,\dotst=1,2,… the learner plays xt∈Dx_t\in Dxt​∈D, measurable with respect to the information Ft\mathcal F_tFt​ before round ttt, and observes a loss ℓt∈[−1,1]\ell_t\in[-1,1]ℓt​∈[−1,1] with E[ℓt∣Ft]=μ⊤xt\mathbb E[\ell_t\mid\mathcal F_t]=\mu^\top x_tE[ℓt​∣Ft​]=μ⊤xt​. The regret after TTT rounds is

RT=∑t=1T(μ⊤xt−μ⊤x∗).R_T=\sum_{t=1}^T\big(\mu^\top x_t-\mu^\top x^*\big).RT​=t=1∑T​(μ⊤xt​−μ⊤x∗).

ConfidenceBall₂(D,δ)(D,\delta)(D,δ) maintains the design matrix At=I+∑τ<txτxτ⊤A_t=I+\sum_{\tau<t}x_\tau x_\tau^\topAt​=I+∑τ<t​xτ​xτ⊤​, the least-squares estimate μ^t=At−1∑τ<tℓτxτ\hat\mu_t=A_t^{-1}\sum_{\tau<t}\ell_\tau x_\tauμ^​t​=At−1​∑τ<t​ℓτ​xτ​, the radius

βt=max⁡(128 nln⁡tln⁡(t2/δ), (83ln⁡(t2/δ))2),\beta_t=\max\Big(128\,n\ln t\ln(t^2/\delta),\ \big(\tfrac83\ln(t^2/\delta)\big)^2\Big),βt​=max(128nlntln(t2/δ), (38​ln(t2/δ))2),

and the confidence ellipsoid Bt2={ν:(ν−μ^t)⊤At(ν−μ^t)≤βt}B^2_t=\{\nu:(\nu-\hat\mu_t)^\top A_t(\nu-\hat\mu_t)\le\beta_t\}Bt2​={ν:(ν−μ^​t​)⊤At​(ν−μ^​t​)≤βt​}. It plays the optimistic decision xt∈argmin⁡x∈Dmin⁡ν∈Bt2ν⊤xx_t\in\operatorname{argmin}_{x\in D}\min_{\nu\in B^2_t}\nu^\top xxt​∈argminx∈D​minν∈Bt2​​ν⊤x. The analysis uses the width wt=xt⊤At−1xtw_t=\sqrt{x_t^\top A_t^{-1}x_t}wt​=xt⊤​At−1​xt​​, the error Zt=(μ^t−μ)⊤At(μ^t−μ)Z_t=(\hat\mu_t-\mu)^\top A_t(\hat\mu_t-\mu)Zt​=(μ^​t​−μ)⊤At​(μ^​t​−μ), and the noise ηt=ℓt−μ⊤xt\eta_t=\ell_t-\mu^\top x_tηt​=ℓt​−μ⊤xt​.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 2, ConfidenceBall₂ bullet (corrected)

For 0<δ<10<\delta<10<δ<1 with n≤β1n\le\beta_1n≤β1​ and noise ∣ηt∣≤1|\eta_t|\le1∣ηt​∣≤1,

Pr⁡(∀T≥1, RT≤8nTβTln⁡(T+1))≥1−δ.\Pr\Big(\forall T\ge1,\ R_T\le\sqrt{8nT\beta_T\ln(T+1)}\Big)\ge1-\delta.Pr(∀T≥1, RT​≤8nTβT​ln(T+1)​)≥1−δ.

A single event covers every horizon, so the bound is anytime.

Milestones

  • Lemma 8. If μ∈Bt2\mu\in B^2_tμ∈Bt2​ then rt≤2min⁡(βtwt,1)r_t\le2\min(\sqrt{\beta_t}w_t,1)rt​≤2min(βt​​wt​,1).
  • Lemma 10. det⁡At+1=∏τ=1t(1+wτ2)\det A_{t+1}=\prod_{\tau=1}^t(1+w_\tau^2)detAt+1​=∏τ=1t​(1+wτ2​).
  • Lemma 9 (corrected). ∑τ=1tmin⁡(wτ2,1)≤2nln⁡(t+1)\sum_{\tau=1}^t\min(w_\tau^2,1)\le2n\ln(t+1)∑τ=1t​min(wτ2​,1)≤2nln(t+1).
  • Theorem 6 (corrected). If μ∈Bt2\mu\in B^2_tμ∈Bt2​ for all t≤Tt\le Tt≤T, then ∑t≤Trt2≤8nβTln⁡(T+1)\sum_{t\le T}r_t^2\le8n\beta_T\ln(T+1)∑t≤T​rt2​≤8nβT​ln(T+1).
  • Theorem 4 (Freedman). Pr⁡(∑Xi≥a, V≤v)≤exp⁡(−a2/(2v+2ab/3))\Pr(\sum X_i\ge a,\ V\le v)\le\exp(-a^2/(2v+2ab/3))Pr(∑Xi​≥a, V≤v)≤exp(−a2/(2v+2ab/3)) for martingale differences bounded above by bbb.
  • Lemma 12. Zt≤n+2∑τ<tητxτ⊤(μ^τ−μ)1+wτ2+∑τ<tητ2wτ21+wτ2Z_t\le n+2\sum_{\tau<t}\eta_\tau\frac{x_\tau^\top(\hat\mu_\tau-\mu)}{1+w_\tau^2}+\sum_{\tau<t}\eta_\tau^2\frac{w_\tau^2}{1+w_\tau^2}Zt​≤n+2∑τ<t​ητ​1+wτ2​xτ⊤​(μ^​τ​−μ)​+∑τ<t​ητ2​1+wτ2​wτ2​​.
  • Lemma 14. Pr⁡(∀t, ∑τ<tMτ≤βt/2)≥1−δ\Pr(\forall t,\ \sum_{\tau<t}M_\tau\le\beta_t/2)\ge1-\deltaPr(∀t, ∑τ<t​Mτ​≤βt​/2)≥1−δ.
  • Theorem 5 (Confidence). Pr⁡(∀t, μ∈Bt2)≥1−δ\Pr(\forall t,\ \mu\in B^2_t)\ge1-\deltaPr(∀t, μ∈Bt2​)≥1−δ.

Significance

The result gives a regret bound for linear bandits over an arbitrary compact decision set that depends on the dimension nnn rather than on ∣D∣|D|∣D∣, holds uniformly over horizons, and requires no gap between the best and second-best decision. With the paper's lower bound it shows that the price of bandit feedback, compared with full information, is a factor Θ∗(n)\Theta^*(\sqrt n)Θ∗(n​). The two components, a confidence theorem for a least-squares ellipsoid under martingale noise and a deterministic potential argument on log⁡det⁡At\log\det A_tlogdetAt​, are reused in the analysis of most optimistic linear and generalized-linear bandit algorithms.

The theorem has a published proof but, to our knowledge, no machine-checked one. The platform already has the elliptical potential lemma (BanditAlgorithm.elliptical_potential_lemma, Lattimore–Szepesvári Lemma 19.4), the matrix determinant lemma and the Woodbury identity, which cover the linear-algebra layer; the LinUCB regret theorem there (BanditAlgorithm.linear_bandit_linucb_regret_bound) is pathwise given confidence, for a different algorithm, so the probabilistic half is new. Formalization also settles the printed constants, three of which need correction (below).

Difficulty

The deterministic half is linear algebra. The difficulty is the confidence theorem. Hoeffding–Azuma applied to ∑τMτ\sum_\tau M_\tau∑τ​Mτ​ would need a deterministic step bound, and the natural one gives only a T3/4T^{3/4}T3/4 regret. The step sizes of MtM_tMt​ are bounded in terms of the random widths wtw_twt​, so the argument must control the conditional variances pathwise and apply Freedman's inequality, whose event {V≤v}\{V\le v\}{V≤v} is random. The escape indicator EtE_tEt​, which switches the martingale off after the first failure of confidence, is what makes the variance bound hold on every path, and the induction that turns Lemma 14 into Theorem 5 must be carried out on a single event for all ttt simultaneously. Freedman's inequality itself is not in Mathlib.

Formalization scope

Vectors are Fin n → ℝ, matrices Matrix (Fin n) (Fin n) ℝ, rounds are indexed t=1,2,…t=1,2,\dotst=1,2,… in ℕ. The spanner is the standard basis, as in Section 5 of the paper (the algorithm is equivariant under the linear change of coordinates). The probability model is a probability space with a general filtration (Ft)(\mathcal F_t)(Ft​); xtx_txt​ is Ft\mathcal F_tFt​-measurable and ℓt\ell_tℓt​ is Ft+1\mathcal F_{t+1}Ft+1​-measurable. The argmin is encoded as a joint minimiser over D×Bt2D\times B^2_tD×Bt2​, which admits every tie-break and is required on every outcome; measurability of xtx_txt​ is a hypothesis, not derived from the selection. The optimum x∗x^*x∗ is a hypothesis (x∗∈Dx^*\in Dx∗∈D, minimising), not an sInf.

Corrections of the printed statements, each labelled in the item's Formalization Note:

  1. ln⁡(T+1)\ln(T+1)ln(T+1) for ln⁡T\ln TlnT in Lemma 9, Theorem 6 and Theorem 2. The printed bounds are false at T=1T=1T=1 (with n=1n=1n=1, D=[−1,1]D=[-1,1]D=[−1,1], μ>0\mu>0μ>0, the tie-break x1=1x_1=1x1​=1 gives R1=2μ>0R_1=2\mu>0R1​=2μ>0 against a bound of 000); the proof of Lemma 9 gives 2ln⁡det⁡At+1≤2nln⁡(t+1)2\ln\det A_{t+1}\le2n\ln(t+1)2lndetAt+1​≤2nln(t+1).
  2. n≤β1=(83ln⁡(1/δ))2n\le\beta_1=(\tfrac83\ln(1/\delta))^2n≤β1​=(38​ln(1/δ))2 is added to Theorems 5 and 2: the proof of Theorem 5 claims Z1≤n<β1Z_1\le n<\beta_1Z1​≤n<β1​, which fails for δ\deltaδ near 111. Theorem 6 takes the proof's "1<β11<\beta_11<β1​" as the hypothesis β1≥1\beta_1\ge1β1​≥1.
  3. ∣ℓt−μ⊤xt∣≤1|\ell_t-\mu^\top x_t|\le1∣ℓt​−μ⊤xt​∣≤1 is added to Lemma 14, Theorems 5 and 2: Section 5.2 uses ∣ηt∣≤1|\eta_t|\le1∣ηt​∣≤1, while the model gives only ∣ηt∣≤2|\eta_t|\le2∣ηt​∣≤2. It holds when costs lie in [0,1][0,1][0,1].
  4. Theorem 5's "δ>0\delta>0δ>0" is stated with 0<δ<10<\delta<10<δ<1; Lemma 10's index typo (wtw_twt​ for wτw_\tauwτ​) and Theorem 4's ∑i=1n\sum_{i=1}^n∑i=1n​ (for TTT) are corrected.

A regret bound for an arbitrary decision sequence under the assumption μ∈Bt2\mu\in B^2_tμ∈Bt2​ for all ttt is Theorem 6, not the goal; the goal carries the ConfidenceBall₂ selection rule, the conditional-mean and measurability hypotheses, and δ\deltaδ as the algorithm's own parameter. The hypotheses are jointly satisfiable, for example by a finite DDD with a fixed tie-break and i.i.d. costs in [0,1][0,1][0,1].

Needed infrastructure: Freedman's inequality for a filtration (reusable across all of bandit theory), the potential lemma (available), and measurability of the algorithm's statistics. Contributions of alternative proofs of Theorem 5, for example via self-normalized bounds, are welcome.

Selected references

  • V. Dani, T. P. Hayes, S. M. Kakade, Stochastic Linear Optimization under Bandit Feedback, COLT 2008. http://colt2008.cs.helsinki.fi/papers/80-Dani.pdf
  • P. Auer, Using Confidence Bounds for Exploitation-Exploration Trade-offs, JMLR 3, 2002. https://www.jmlr.org/papers/v3/auer02a.html
  • D. A. Freedman, On Tail Probabilities for Martingales, Annals of Probability 3(1), 1975. https://doi.org/10.1214/aop/1176996452
  • B. Awerbuch, R. Kleinberg, Adaptive Routing with End-to-End Feedback, STOC 2004. https://doi.org/10.1145/1007352.1007367
  • P. Rusmevichientong, J. N. Tsitsiklis, Linearly Parameterized Bandits, Mathematics of Operations Research 35(2), 2010. https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.1100.0446
  • Y. Abbasi-Yadkori, D. Pál, Cs. Szepesvári, Improved Algorithms for Linear Stochastic Bandits, NeurIPS 2011. https://arxiv.org/abs/1102.2670
  • T. Lattimore, Cs. Szepesvári, Bandit Algorithms, Cambridge University Press, 2020. https://doi.org/10.1017/9781108571401
12 thms4 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
CombinatoricsOperations ResearchOptimization+1·Captain: mikedeng1

Approximation Techniques for Average Completion Time Scheduling I: Best-α on One Machine with Release DatesResearch Paper

Motivation

Minimizing the average completion time of jobs that arrive over time is one of the basic objectives of machine scheduling: it measures how long, on average, a job waits in the system. On a single machine with release dates and no preemption (written 1∣rj∣∑Cj1|r_j|\sum C_j1∣rj​∣∑Cj​), the problem is strongly NP-hard, so research has focused on approximation algorithms whose guarantees are stated against every feasible schedule.

The standard route runs through the preemptive relaxation. When jobs may be interrupted and resumed, the shortest-remaining-processing-time rule (SRPT) produces an optimal schedule, and its value is a lower bound for every nonpreemptive schedule. The question is how to turn that preemptive schedule into a nonpreemptive one without losing too much.

Timeline:

  • 1995, Phillips, Stein and Wein (WADS 1995, pp. 86–97): order the jobs by their SRPT completion times and schedule them nonpreemptively in that order. This gives a 2-approximation. Later 2-approximations are by Hoogeveen and Vestjens (IPCO 1996), Stougie (1995), and Goemans (SODA 1997). Hoogeveen and Vestjens also showed that deterministic on-line algorithms cannot beat 2.
  • 2001, Chekuri, Motwani, Natarajan and Stein (SIAM J. Comput. 31(1)): order by α\alphaα-points instead of completion times, choose α\alphaα at random, and take the best α\alphaα off-line. This gives the e/(e−1)≈1.58e/(e-1)\approx1.58e/(e−1)≈1.58 bound for Best-α\alphaα that is the goal of this mission, and an optimal randomized on-line algorithm.
  • 1999, Afrati et al. (FOCS 1999): a polynomial-time approximation scheme for 1∣rj∣∑wjCj1|r_j|\sum w_jC_j1∣rj​∣∑wj​Cj​. This settled the approximability of the problem, but the resulting algorithms are far from simple.

Setting

An instance has nnn jobs J0,…,Jn−1J_0,\dots,J_{n-1}J0​,…,Jn−1​. Job JjJ_jJj​ has a processing time pj>0p_j>0pj​>0, a release date rj≥0r_j\ge0rj​≥0, and, where the objective is weighted, a weight wj>0w_j>0wj​>0. There is one machine.

A nonpreemptive schedule assigns each job a start time Sj≥rjS_j\ge r_jSj​≥rj​ such that the intervals [Sj,Sj+pj)[S_j,S_j+p_j)[Sj​,Sj​+pj​) are pairwise disjoint. Its completion times are Cj=Sj+pjC_j=S_j+p_jCj​=Sj​+pj​.

A preemptive schedule PPP specifies, for each time ttt, which job runs at ttt, if any. Job JjJ_jJj​ runs only at times t≥max⁡(0,rj)t\ge\max(0,r_j)t≥max(0,rj​), receives exactly pjp_jpj​ units of processing in total, and finishes by some finite time. Its completion time CjPC^P_jCjP​ is the first time by which all of JjJ_jJj​ has been processed. For α∈(0,1]\alpha\in(0,1]α∈(0,1], its α\alphaα-point CjP(α)C^P_j(\alpha)CjP​(α) is the first time by which αpj\alpha p_jαpj​ units have been processed.

For a job JiJ_iJi​, TiT_iTi​ denotes the idle time of PPP before CiPC^P_iCiP​. xijx_{ij}xij​ denotes the fraction of JjJ_jJj​ processed before CiPC^P_iCiP​. The paper writes SiP(β)S^P_i(\beta)SiP​(β) for the set of jobs with xij=βx_{ij}=\betaxij​=β, and also for their total processing time.

One-machine list scheduling in a given order runs the jobs nonpreemptively in that order. Each job starts at the later of its release date and the completion of the previous job in the list. An α\alphaα-schedule is list scheduling in nondecreasing order of the α\alphaα-points CjP(α)C^P_j(\alpha)CjP​(α). CjαC^\alpha_jCjα​ denotes the completion times of an α\alphaα-schedule.

Random-α\alphaα draws α\alphaα from a distribution on (0,1](0,1](0,1] and outputs the α\alphaα-schedule. Best-α\alphaα outputs the α\alphaα-schedule of smallest total completion time min⁡α∑jCjα\min_\alpha\sum_j C^\alpha_jminα​∑j​Cjα​.

Formalization targets

Goal: Corollary 2.7

Let PPP be optimal among preemptive schedules for ∑jCj\sum_j C_j∑j​Cj​. Then there is α∈(0,1]\alpha\in(0,1]α∈(0,1] such that every α\alphaα-schedule derived from PPP satisfies

∑jCjα  ≤  ee−1∑jCjfor every feasible nonpreemptive schedule (Cj)j.\sum_j C^\alpha_j\;\le\;\frac{e}{e-1}\sum_j C_j\qquad\text{for every feasible nonpreemptive schedule } (C_j)_j .j∑​Cjα​≤e−1e​j∑​Cj​for every feasible nonpreemptive schedule (Cj​)j​.

Since Best-α\alphaα returns a schedule no worse than this α\alphaα-schedule, Best-α\alphaα is an e/(e−1)e/(e-1)e/(e−1)-approximation.

Milestones

  1. The calculus behind the constant. For f(α)=eα/(e−1)f(\alpha)=e^\alpha/(e-1)f(α)=eα/(e−1) and every β∈(0,1]\beta\in(0,1]β∈(0,1],
∫0β1+α−ββf(α) dα=1e−1.\int_0^\beta\frac{1+\alpha-\beta}{\beta}f(\alpha)\,d\alpha=\frac1{e-1}.∫0β​β1+α−β​f(α)dα=e−11​.
  1. Lemma 2.2: CiP=Ti+∑0<β≤1βSiP(β)C^P_i=T_i+\sum_{0<\beta\le1}\beta S^P_i(\beta)CiP​=Ti​+∑0<β≤1​βSiP​(β).
  2. Lemma 2.3: Ciα≤Ti+(1+α)∑β≥αSiP(β)+∑β<αβSiP(β)C^\alpha_i\le T_i+(1+\alpha)\sum_{\beta\ge\alpha}S^P_i(\beta)+\sum_{\beta<\alpha}\beta S^P_i(\beta)Ciα​≤Ti​+(1+α)∑β≥α​SiP​(β)+∑β<α​βSiP​(β).
  3. Lemma 2.5: if α\alphaα has density fff on (0,1](0,1](0,1], then E[Ciα]≤(1+δ)CiPE[C^\alpha_i]\le(1+\delta)C^P_iE[Ciα​]≤(1+δ)CiP​ with δ=max⁡0<β≤1∫0β1+α−ββf(α) dα\delta=\max_{0<\beta\le1}\int_0^\beta\frac{1+\alpha-\beta}{\beta}f(\alpha)\,d\alphaδ=max0<β≤1​∫0β​β1+α−β​f(α)dα.
  4. Theorem 2.6, for the weighted objective with PPP optimal among preemptive schedules: the expected approximation ratio of Random-α\alphaα is at most 222 for uniform α\alphaα, at most 1.81.81.8 for α=1\alpha=1α=1 w.p. 3/53/53/5 and α=1/2\alpha=1/2α=1/2 w.p. 2/52/52/5, and at most e/(e−1)e/(e-1)e/(e−1) for the density eα/(e−1)e^\alpha/(e-1)eα/(e−1).

Companion statements, not milestones:

  • the upper bound of Theorem 2.1, ∑jCjα≤(1+1/α)∑jCjP\sum_jC^\alpha_j\le(1+1/\alpha)\sum_jC^P_j∑j​Cjα​≤(1+1/α)∑j​CjP​;
  • the existence of an optimal preemptive schedule.

Significance

The e/(e−1)e/(e-1)e/(e−1) bound shows that conversion from the preemptive relaxation can beat the factor 2 of the natural ordering. It does so by exploiting that no single instance is bad for many values of α\alphaα at once. The α\alphaα-point technique was also used with LP relaxations, for example by Goemans (SODA 1997) and by Schulz and Skutella. The randomized version is an optimal randomized on-line algorithm for 1∣rj∣∑Cj1|r_j|\sum C_j1∣rj​∣∑Cj​. Lemma 2.3 is a statement about any preemptive schedule, so it applies wherever a good preemptive or fractional schedule is available.

All results of the mission are proved in the paper, except that the proof of Theorem 2.6, part 2 is omitted there. No machine-checked proof of them is known. A complete development would give a verified model of preemptive one-machine schedules, α\alphaα-points and list scheduling, together with the averaging argument over α\alphaα. These are reusable for the later results of the same paper and for the α\alphaα-point literature.

Difficulty

The obvious argument bounds each job's α\alphaα-schedule completion time directly against its preemptive completion time. That argument loses a factor 1+1/α1+1/\alpha1+1/α (Theorem 2.1), which is at least 2 for every fixed α\alphaα. The improvement needs Lemma 2.3. There the charge to each job depends on how much of it was done by CiPC^P_iCiP​ relative to α\alphaα, and the idle time TiT_iTi​ is not inflated at all. Proving Lemma 2.3 requires reasoning about a preemptive schedule as a measure on time, and about how moving pieces of jobs changes completion times. A proof that treats the preemptive schedule as a finite list of pieces must first show that nothing is lost by this discretization.

The averaging step needs the expectation over α\alphaα to be an honest integral. The map α↦Ciα\alpha\mapsto C^\alpha_iα↦Ciα​ must be shown integrable, which requires a fixed rule for ties between equal α\alphaα-points.

Formalization scope

  • Model. Jobs are Fin n, time is real, pj>0p_j>0pj​>0 and rj≥0r_j\ge0rj​≥0. The paper admits pj=0p_j=0pj​=0 only in its tightness instances.
    • A preemptive schedule is a function σ:R→\sigma:\mathbb R\toσ:R→ Option (Fin n) (none = idle). Each job's run set is measurable, lies in [max⁡(0,rj),∞)[\max(0,r_j),\infty)[max(0,rj​),∞), is bounded above, and has Lebesgue measure pjp_jpj​.
    • Completion times and α\alphaα-points are infima of nonempty sets that are bounded below.
    • TiT_iTi​ is the measure of the idle set in [0,CiP)[0,C^P_i)[0,CiP​).
    • The paper's sums over β\betaβ are sums over jobs, weighted by the fraction xijx_{ij}xij​.
  • List scheduling is strict: jobs never overtake the list order, and the machine is free from time 000.
    • Lemma 2.3, Theorem 2.1, Theorem 2.6.2 and the goal hold for every tie-break among equal α\alphaα-points.
    • The expectations (Lemma 2.5, Theorem 2.6.1 and 2.6.3) use the tie-break by job index. They assert integrability as part of the conclusion.
  • Optimality. "Approximation ratio ccc" is stated as an inequality against every feasible nonpreemptive schedule, never against an infimum.
    • The optimality of PPP among preemptive schedules is the paper's standing assumption for its upper bounds (p. 151). It appears as a hypothesis of Theorem 2.6 and of the goal.
    • The lemmas hold for arbitrary PPP and do not carry it.
    • An existence statement shows the hypothesis can be met.
  • Lemma 2.5's δ\deltaδ is replaced by any upper bound of the integrals over β∈(0,1]\beta\in(0,1]β∈(0,1]. This is equivalent, and it avoids assuming that the maximum is attained.
  • Not stated:
    • the running time O(n2)O(n^2)O(n2) of Best-α\alphaα and the optimality of SRPT;
    • the tightness parts of Theorem 2.1 and Corollary 2.4, and the lower bounds of Theorem 2.9, which use zero-length jobs;
    • the on-line Theorem 2.8, which needs a model of on-line algorithms.
  • Trivializing formalization ruled out. Dropping the optimality of PPP from the goal would turn it into a statement about arbitrary preemptive schedules, which is Lemma 2.5, not Corollary 2.7. Comparing against ∑jCjP\sum_jC^P_j∑j​CjP​ instead of every nonpreemptive schedule would likewise remove the content of the corollary.

Contributions are welcome at every level. The calculus milestone and Lemma 2.2 are good first targets.

Selected references

  • C. Chekuri, R. Motwani, B. Natarajan, C. Stein, Approximation Techniques for Average Completion Time Scheduling, SIAM J. Comput. 31(1):146–166, 2001. https://doi.org/10.1137/S0097539797327180
  • C. Phillips, C. Stein, J. Wein, Scheduling jobs that arrive over time, Proc. 4th Workshop on Algorithms and Data Structures (WADS), 1995, pp. 86–97 (reference [25] of the paper; no link verified).
  • J. A. Hoogeveen, A. P. A. Vestjens, Optimal on-line algorithms for single-machine scheduling, Proc. 5th IPCO, 1996, pp. 404–414 (reference [21]; no link verified).
  • M. X. Goemans, Improved approximation algorithms for scheduling with release dates, Proc. 8th ACM-SIAM SODA, 1997, pp. 591–598 (reference [12]; no link verified).
  • F. Afrati et al., Approximation schemes for minimizing average weighted completion time with release dates, Proc. 40th FOCS, 1999 (reference [2]; no link verified).
9 thms4 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Machine LearningStatistics·Captain: naimengye

Understanding Machine Learning XXV: PAC-BayesTextbook

Motivation

The MDL and Occam principles of Chapter 7 rank hypotheses by description length and pay for a hypothesis according to its rank. Chapter 31 of Shalev-Shwartz and Ben-David, Understanding Machine Learning: From Theory to Algorithms (doi:10.1017/CBO9781107298019), generalizes this to the PAC-Bayesian approach of McAllester: prior knowledge is a prior distribution PPP over the class, the learner outputs a posterior QQQ, read as the randomized predictor that draws h∼Qh \sim Qh∼Q, and the price of QQQ is its Kullback–Leibler divergence from PPP. The PAC-Bayes theorem (Theorem 31.1) says that with probability 1−δ1 - \delta1−δ, simultaneously for every posterior, the generalization loss exceeds the training loss by at most (D(Q∥P)+ln⁡(m/δ))/(2(m−1))\sqrt{(D(Q\|P) + \ln(m/\delta))/(2(m-1))}(D(Q∥P)+ln(m/δ))/(2(m−1))​. Its proof is a compact and elegant argument: Markov's inequality for an exponential moment, a change of measure from QQQ to PPP by Jensen's inequality, an exchange of expectations that is possible because the prior does not depend on the sample, and a moment bound for the deviation of a single hypothesis. The bound suggests the learning rule of Remark 31.1, minimize LS(Q)L_S(Q)LS​(Q) plus the divergence penalty, which is regularized risk minimization in disguise, and for a finite class with a uniform prior it recovers an Occam-type bound (Exercise 2).

Setting

HHH is a measurable space of hypotheses, ℓ:H×Z→[0,1]\ell : H \times Z \to [0,1]ℓ:H×Z→[0,1] a jointly measurable loss, DDD a distribution over ZZZ, and PPP a prior probability measure on HHH. For a posterior QQQ, ℓ(Q,z)=Eh∼Q[ℓ(h,z)]\ell(Q, z) = \mathbb{E}_{h \sim Q}[\ell(h, z)]ℓ(Q,z)=Eh∼Q​[ℓ(h,z)], LD(Q)=Eh∼Q[LD(h)]L_D(Q) = \mathbb{E}_{h \sim Q}[L_D(h)]LD​(Q)=Eh∼Q​[LD​(h)] and LS(Q)=Eh∼Q[LS(h)]L_S(Q) = \mathbb{E}_{h \sim Q}[L_S(h)]LS​(Q)=Eh∼Q​[LS​(h)], and D(Q∥P)=Eh∼Q[ln⁡(dQ/dP)]D(Q\|P) = \mathbb{E}_{h \sim Q}[\ln(dQ/dP)]D(Q∥P)=Eh∼Q​[ln(dQ/dP)] is the Kullback–Leibler divergence, a real number when Q≪PQ \ll PQ≪P and the log-density is QQQ-integrable.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 31.1

For m≥2m \ge 2m≥2 and δ∈(0,1)\delta \in (0,1)δ∈(0,1), with probability at least 1−δ1 - \delta1−δ over S∼DmS \sim D^mS∼Dm, every probability measure Q≪PQ \ll PQ≪P with finite divergence satisfies

LD(Q)≤LS(Q)+D(Q∥P)+ln⁡(m/δ)2(m−1).L_D(Q) \le L_S(Q) + \sqrt{\frac{D(Q\|P) + \ln(m/\delta)}{2(m-1)}}.LD​(Q)≤LS​(Q)+2(m−1)D(Q∥P)+ln(m/δ)​​.

Milestones

The identity Ez∼D[ℓ(Q,z)]=LD(Q)\mathbb{E}_{z \sim D}[\ell(Q, z)] = L_D(Q)Ez∼D​[ℓ(Q,z)]=LD​(Q) (§31.1); the moment bound ES[e2(m−1)Δ(h)2]≤m\mathbb{E}_S[e^{2(m-1)\Delta(h)^2}] \le mES​[e2(m−1)Δ(h)2]≤m of the proof (p. 417); Exercise 2, the bound for a finite class with the uniform prior.

Significance

PAC-Bayes bounds are among the tightest generalization bounds known in practice, and the reason is visible in Theorem 31.1: the complexity term is not a property of the class but of the posterior actually chosen, measured against a prior, so a learner that stays close to its prior generalizes even in a huge class. The theorem is the ancestor of a large literature (Seeger, Langford, Catoni, Maurer) and of modern nonvacuous bounds for neural networks. Formally it is a pleasant target: the change-of-measure inequality Eh∼Q[f(h)]−D(Q∥P)≤ln⁡Eh∼P[ef(h)]\mathbb{E}_{h \sim Q}[f(h)] - D(Q\|P) \le \ln\mathbb{E}_{h \sim P}[e^{f(h)}]Eh∼Q​[f(h)]−D(Q∥P)≤lnEh∼P​[ef(h)] is the Donsker–Varadhan inequality, of independent value, and the moment bound is a sharp sub-Gaussian fact. On the platform, the mission introduces Gibbs risks and the Kullback–Leibler divergence between measures on a class, ending the book's series with its last learning principle.

Difficulty

The Gibbs risk identity is Fubini for a bounded jointly measurable function. The moment bound is the delicate step: the book derives it from Hoeffding's tail bound through Exercise 1, whose one-sided hypothesis is not enough (a constant negative variable satisfies it with an unbounded moment), and even the two-sided tail integrates only to 2m−12m - 12m−1; the claim ≤m\le m≤m is nevertheless true, for instance by writing eaΔ2=Eg[e2a gΔ]e^{a\Delta^2} = \mathbb{E}_g[e^{\sqrt{2a}\,g\Delta}]eaΔ2=Eg​[e2a​gΔ] for a standard Gaussian ggg and applying Hoeffding's lemma to the sample mean, which gives ES[e2(m−1)Δ2]≤(1−(m−1)/m)−1/2=m\mathbb{E}_S[e^{2(m-1)\Delta^2}] \le (1 - (m-1)/m)^{-1/2} = \sqrt mES​[e2(m−1)Δ2]≤(1−(m−1)/m)−1/2=m​. Theorem 31.1 then follows the book: Markov's inequality on ef(S)e^{f(S)}ef(S) with f(S)=sup⁡Q(2(m−1)Eh∼QΔ(h)2−D(Q∥P))f(S) = \sup_Q(2(m-1)\mathbb{E}_{h \sim Q}\Delta(h)^2 - D(Q\|P))f(S)=supQ​(2(m−1)Eh∼Q​Δ(h)2−D(Q∥P)), the change of measure (31.2) by Jensen's inequality for ln⁡\lnln applied to the density dQ/dPdQ/dPdQ/dP (the Donsker–Varadhan inequality, which needs Q≪PQ \ll PQ≪P and an integrable log-density), the exchange of expectations (31.4) by Fubini, the moment bound, and finally Jensen for x2x^2x2 in (31.6); formally the supremum over all posteriors is handled by proving the bound for each QQQ on the event {S:Eh∼P[e2(m−1)Δ(h)2]≤m/δ}\{S : \mathbb{E}_{h \sim P}[e^{2(m-1)\Delta(h)^2}] \le m/\delta\}{S:Eh∼P​[e2(m−1)Δ(h)2]≤m/δ}, whose complement has probability at most δ\deltaδ by Markov, which sidesteps any measurability question about fff. Exercise 2 is the theorem with Q=δhQ = \delta_hQ=δh​, for which D(Q∥P)=ln⁡∣H∣D(Q\|P) = \ln|H|D(Q∥P)=ln∣H∣.

Formalization scope

The class is an arbitrary measurable space, priors and posteriors are probability measures on it, and Q(h)/P(h)Q(h)/P(h)Q(h)/P(h) is Mathlib's Radon–Nikodym derivative; the divergence is a Bochner integral, so the theorem quantifies over posteriors Q≪PQ \ll PQ≪P whose log-density is QQQ-integrable, exactly the posteriors with a finite divergence, for which the bound has content, and no junk value can make a case false. Posteriors may depend on the sample: the statement bounds the outer measure of the set of samples for which some admissible QQQ violates the bound. The loss is jointly measurable so that h↦LD(h)h \mapsto L_D(h)h↦LD​(h) and (S,h)↦LS(h)(S, h) \mapsto L_S(h)(S,h)↦LS​(h) are measurable and the Gibbs risks are genuine integrals; m≥2m \ge 2m≥2 is forced by the denominator 2(m−1)2(m-1)2(m−1). The moment bound is stated as the claim the proof needs rather than as Exercise 1, whose printed hypothesis is insufficient; the item text records this. Exercise 2 is stated as a simultaneous bound over the finite class, the form in which the theorem delivers it.

Not stated: Remark 31.1 (a learning rule, not a theorem), Exercise 1 as printed, and the second part of Exercise 2.

Selected references

  • S. Shalev-Shwartz, S. Ben-David, Understanding Machine Learning: From Theory to Algorithms, Cambridge University Press, 2014, Chapter 31. doi:10.1017/CBO9781107298019
  • D. A. McAllester, Some PAC-Bayesian theorems, Machine Learning 37, 1999. doi:10.1023/A:1007618624809
  • D. A. McAllester, PAC-Bayesian stochastic model selection, Machine Learning 51, 2003. doi:10.1023/A:1021840411064
  • A. Maurer, A note on the PAC Bayesian theorem, arXiv:cs/0411099, 2004.
  • M. Seeger, PAC-Bayesian generalisation error bounds for Gaussian process classification, Journal of Machine Learning Research 3, 2002.
  • J. Langford, J. Shawe-Taylor, PAC-Bayes and margins, NIPS 2002.
6 thms4 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Machine Learning·Captain: Lucas

The Principles of Deep Learning Theory I: Wick's Theorem for Gaussian IntegralsTextbook

Motivation

The book The Principles of Deep Learning Theory by D. A. Roberts and S. Yaida (arXiv:2106.10165) develops a perturbative, physics-style theory of wide deep neural networks. Every later computation in the book, from the statistics of preactivations at initialization to the neural tangent kernel, reduces to Gaussian expectations of polynomials. The single tool that evaluates these expectations is Wick's theorem (eq. 1.45), which the authors ask the reader to "put a box around". This mission formalizes Chapter 1, §1.1 (Gaussian Integrals), culminating in that theorem. It is the first mission of a series formalizing the book, all in the Lean namespace DeepLearningTheory.

Setting

Fix N≥0N \ge 0N≥0 and a symmetric positive-definite real N×NN\times NN×N matrix K=(Kμν)K = (K_{\mu\nu})K=(Kμν​), the covariance. Write Kμν=(K−1)μνK^{\mu\nu} = (K^{-1})_{\mu\nu}Kμν=(K−1)μν​ for its inverse. The zero-mean multivariable Gaussian distribution with covariance KKK (eq. 1.31) has density on RN\mathbb{R}^NRN

p(z)=1∣2πK∣exp⁡(−12∑μ,ν=1NzμKμνzν),∣2πK∣=det⁡(2πK)=(2π)Ndet⁡K,p(z) = \frac{1}{\sqrt{|2\pi K|}} \exp\Big(-\tfrac12 \sum_{\mu,\nu=1}^N z_\mu K^{\mu\nu} z_\nu\Big), \qquad |2\pi K| = \det(2\pi K) = (2\pi)^N \det K,p(z)=∣2πK∣​1​exp(−21​μ,ν=1∑N​zμ​Kμνzν​),∣2πK∣=det(2πK)=(2π)NdetK,

and the expectation of an observable FFF is E[F(z)]=∫dNz p(z)F(z)\mathbb{E}[F(z)] = \int d^N z\, p(z) F(z)E[F(z)]=∫dNzp(z)F(z) (eqs. 1.36, 1.46), an integral against Lebesgue measure. A pairing of the labels 1,…,2m1,\dots,2m1,…,2m is a partition into mmm unordered pairs; equivalently, a fixed-point-free involution σ\sigmaσ of {1,…,2m}\{1,\dots,2m\}{1,…,2m} pairing aaa with σ(a)\sigma(a)σ(a). There are (2m−1)!!(2m-1)!!(2m−1)!! pairings.

Formalization targets

Goal: Wick's theorem (eq. 1.45)

For all indices μ1,…,μ2m∈{1,…,N}\mu_1,\dots,\mu_{2m} \in \{1,\dots,N\}μ1​,…,μ2m​∈{1,…,N} (repetitions allowed),

E[zμ1⋯zμ2m]=∑pairings σ ∏a<σ(a)Kμaμσ(a).\mathbb{E}[z_{\mu_1}\cdots z_{\mu_{2m}}] = \sum_{\text{pairings } \sigma}\ \prod_{a<\sigma(a)} K_{\mu_a \mu_{\sigma(a)}}.E[zμ1​​⋯zμ2m​​]=pairings σ∑​ a<σ(a)∏​Kμa​μσ(a)​​.

Milestones

  1. Eq. (1.30) — the normalization ∫dNz e−12z⊤K−1z=∣2πK∣\int d^N z\, e^{-\frac12 z^\top K^{-1} z} = \sqrt{|2\pi K|}∫dNze−21​z⊤K−1z=∣2πK∣​.
  2. Eq. (1.41) — the generating function ∫dNz e−12z⊤K−1z+J⋅z=∣2πK∣ e12J⊤KJ\int d^N z\, e^{-\frac12 z^\top K^{-1} z + J\cdot z} = \sqrt{|2\pi K|}\, e^{\frac12 J^\top K J}∫dNze−21​z⊤K−1z+J⋅z=∣2πK∣​e21​J⊤KJ for every source J∈RNJ \in \mathbb{R}^NJ∈RN.
  3. Odd moments vanish (p. 22, discussion after eq. 1.42).
  4. Eq. (1.43) — E[zμ1zμ2]=Kμ1μ2\mathbb{E}[z_{\mu_1} z_{\mu_2}] = K_{\mu_1\mu_2}E[zμ1​​zμ2​​]=Kμ1​μ2​​.
  5. Eq. (1.44) — E[zμ1zμ2zμ3zμ4]=Kμ1μ2Kμ3μ4+Kμ1μ3Kμ2μ4+Kμ1μ4Kμ2μ3\mathbb{E}[z_{\mu_1}z_{\mu_2}z_{\mu_3}z_{\mu_4}] = K_{\mu_1\mu_2}K_{\mu_3\mu_4} + K_{\mu_1\mu_3}K_{\mu_2\mu_4} + K_{\mu_1\mu_4}K_{\mu_2\mu_3}E[zμ1​​zμ2​​zμ3​​zμ4​​]=Kμ1​μ2​​Kμ3​μ4​​+Kμ1​μ3​​Kμ2​μ4​​+Kμ1​μ4​​Kμ2​μ3​​.

Significance

Wick's theorem (also known as Isserlis' theorem, 1918) is used throughout the book: the Gaussianity of the first layer (Chapter 4), the four-point correlators of deep linear networks (Chapter 3), and all perturbative expansions around the infinite-width limit are evaluated by Wick contractions. A machine-checked version stated in the book's own density-based conventions gives later missions of this series a dependable foundation. The result is classical; the work remaining is its formalization in exactly this form. A related statement for general (possibly degenerate) Gaussian measures already exists on the platform as FeynmanWick.wick_theorem_gaussian; the present mission keeps the book's formulation via the explicit density and a positive-definite covariance.

Difficulty

The book's derivation differentiates the generating function (1.41) 2m2m2m times at J=0J=0J=0, which requires justifying differentiation under the integral sign and organizing the combinatorics of the product rule into pairings. Both the analytic step (dominated convergence for Gaussian tails, in NNN dimensions) and the combinatorial step (a bijection between surviving terms and pairings, with the 1/(2mm!)1/(2^m m!)1/(2mm!) normalization) are routine on paper but need care in Lean. Computing the normalization (1.30) itself requires diagonalizing KKK and a linear change of variables.

Formalization scope

  • Vectors are functions Fin N → ℝ with Lebesgue measure; KKK is a Matrix (Fin N) (Fin N) ℝ with K.PosDef (which includes symmetry). The inverse is Mathlib's K⁻¹.
  • gaussianDensity K z and gaussExpect K F are exactly the book's p(z)p(z)p(z) and E[F]\mathbb{E}[F]E[F]; gaussQuadForm K z is ∑zμKμνzν\sum z_\mu K^{\mu\nu} z_\nu∑zμ​Kμνzν​.
  • pairings (2m) is the finite set of fixed-point-free involutions of Fin (2m); the product is over labels aaa with a<σ(a)a<\sigma(a)a<σ(a), so each pair contributes once.
  • Positive definiteness is assumed exactly as in the book; no statement is vacuous since, e.g., K=IK = IK=I satisfies every hypothesis.

Selected references

  • D. A. Roberts, S. Yaida (with B. Hanin), The Principles of Deep Learning Theory, Cambridge University Press, 2022. arXiv:2106.10165
  • L. Isserlis, On a formula for the product-moment coefficient of any order of a normal frequency distribution in any number of variables, Biometrika 12 (1918). doi:10.1093/biomet/12.1-2.134
7 thms4 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
CombinatoricsMachine LearningStatistics·Captain: naimengye

An Introduction to Computational Learning Theory III: The Vapnik-Chervonenkis Dimension, ε-Nets and Sample ComplexityTextbook

Motivation

Chapter 3 of Kearns and Vazirani, An Introduction to Computational Learning Theory (MIT Press, 1994, doi:10.7551/mitpress/3897.001.0001), asks how many random examples suffice to learn a concept from an infinite class. The cardinality bound of Occam's Razor is useless there, yet the rectangle game of Chapter 1 shows that some infinite classes are learnable from a finite sample. The answer is the Vapnik–Chervonenkis dimension: the size of the largest set on which the class realizes every labeling. Sauer's lemma says that a class of VC dimension ddd realizes only Φd(m)=∑i≤d(mi)≤(em/d)d\Phi_d(m) = \sum_{i \le d}\binom{m}{i} \le (em/d)^dΦd​(m)=∑i≤d​(im​)≤(em/d)d labelings on any mmm points, polynomially many rather than 2m2^m2m, and the ε-net theorem of Blumer, Ehrenfeucht, Haussler and Warmuth turns this into a sample bound: a consistent hypothesis from a class of VC dimension ddd is probably approximately correct once mmm is of order (1/ϵ)(log⁡(1/δ)+dlog⁡(1/ϵ))(1/\epsilon)(\log(1/\delta) + d\log(1/\epsilon))(1/ϵ)(log(1/δ)+dlog(1/ϵ)). A matching lower bound shows that Ω(d/ϵ)\Omega(d/\epsilon)Ω(d/ϵ) examples are necessary. The chapter thus gives a single combinatorial parameter that characterizes, up to a logarithmic factor, the sample complexity of learning any class in the distribution-free model.

Setting

For a class CCC of concepts X→{0,1}X \to \{0,1\}X→{0,1} and a finite S⊆XS \subseteq XS⊆X, ΠC(S)\Pi_C(S)ΠC​(S) is the set of dichotomies of SSS realized by CCC; SSS is shattered if all 2∣S∣2^{|S|}2∣S∣ are realized; VCD(C)\mathrm{VCD}(C)VCD(C) is the supremum of the sizes of shattered sets, possibly ∞\infty∞; ΠC(m)\Pi_C(m)ΠC​(m) is the largest ∣ΠC(S)∣|\Pi_C(S)|∣ΠC​(S)∣ over ∣S∣=m|S| = m∣S∣=m; and Φd(m)\Phi_d(m)Φd​(m) is defined by Φd(m)=Φd(m−1)+Φd−1(m−1)\Phi_d(m) = \Phi_d(m-1) + \Phi_{d-1}(m-1)Φd​(m)=Φd​(m−1)+Φd−1​(m−1), Φd(0)=Φ0(m)=1\Phi_d(0) = \Phi_0(m) = 1Φd​(0)=Φ0​(m)=1. For a target ccc the error regions are c Δ hc \,\Delta\, hcΔh for hhh in the hypothesis class, and a set of points is an ε-net if it meets every error region of weight at least ϵ\epsilonϵ under the target distribution DDD. Samples, their product law, consistency and the error of a hypothesis are those of Mission I.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorems 3.3 and 3.4

Let HHH be a class of VC dimension at most ddd, well-behaved for the target ccc (the double-sample event of the proof is null-measurable), and m≥8/ϵm \ge 8/\epsilonm≥8/ϵ. The points of a random sample of mmm examples of a target ccc fail to be an ε-net for the error regions {c Δ h:h∈H}\{c \,\Delta\, h : h \in H\}{cΔh:h∈H} with probability at most

2 Φd(2m) 2−ϵm/2,2\,\Phi_d(2m)\,2^{-\epsilon m/2},2Φd​(2m)2−ϵm/2,

so any algorithm that outputs a hypothesis in HHH consistent with its sample has error greater than ϵ\epsilonϵ with at most that probability; with m≥(4/ϵ)log⁡2(2/δ)m \ge (4/\epsilon)\log_2(2/\delta)m≥(4/ϵ)log2​(2/δ) and m≥(8d/ϵ)log⁡2(13/ϵ)m \ge (8d/\epsilon)\log_2(13/\epsilon)m≥(8d/ϵ)log2​(13/ϵ) the probability is at most δ\deltaδ; and, if HHH is nonempty, every class contained in HHH for whose targets HHH is well-behaved is PAC learnable using HHH.

Milestones

Lemma 3.1 (Sauer's lemma, ΠC(m)≤Φd(m)\Pi_C(m) \le \Phi_d(m)ΠC​(m)≤Φd​(m)); Lemma 3.2 (Φd(m)=∑i≤d(mi)\Phi_d(m) = \sum_{i \le d}\binom{m}{i}Φd​(m)=∑i≤d​(im​)); the polynomial bound Φd(m)≤(em/d)d\Phi_d(m) \le (em/d)^dΦd​(m)≤(em/d)d of p. 57; Theorem 3.5 (the Ω(d/ϵ)\Omega(d/\epsilon)Ω(d/ϵ) lower bound, in the two explicit forms of its proof).

Significance

Theorem 3.3 is the fundamental theorem of PAC learning: it replaces log⁡∣H∣\log|H|log∣H∣ in Occam's Razor by the VC dimension and thereby covers rectangles, halfspaces, polygons, neural networks with a fixed architecture, and every class whose dichotomies grow polynomially. Its proof, the double sample and random partition argument, is the origin of symmetrization in empirical process theory. Sauer's lemma is a cornerstone of extremal combinatorics with independent proofs by Sauer, Shelah and Vapnik–Chervonenkis, and the lower bound of Theorem 3.5 shows that the upper bound is tight to within log⁡(1/ϵ)\log(1/\epsilon)log(1/ϵ), so the VC dimension genuinely characterizes sample complexity. None of these is machine-checked. Formalizing them puts on the platform the VC dimension, the growth function and the ε-net theorem with explicit constants, stated on the same sample law as the rest of this series, and the first information-theoretic lower bound for learning.

Difficulty

Sauer's lemma is a double induction on ddd and mmm through the auxiliary class C′C'C′ of dichotomies whose two extensions to a distinguished point are both realized, which needs care with the identification of dichotomies of SSS and of S∖{x}S \setminus \{x\}S∖{x}. The ε-net theorem needs: the reduction Pr⁡[A]≤2Pr⁡[B]\Pr[A] \le 2\Pr[B]Pr[A]≤2Pr[B] from a failed ε-net on the first half to a region hit at least ϵm/2\epsilon m/2ϵm/2 times by the second half, which is a Chebyshev bound on a binomial variable and is where m≥8/ϵm \ge 8/\epsilonm≥8/ϵ enters; the exchangeability of the 2m2m2m draws with a random partition into two halves; the counting bound (mℓ)/(2mℓ)≤2−ℓ\binom{m}{\ell}/\binom{2m}{\ell} \le 2^{-\ell}(ℓm​)/(ℓ2m​)≤2−ℓ; and Sauer's lemma applied to the error regions, whose growth function equals that of HHH. The explicit constants require the numerical inequality 2(2em/d)d2−ϵm/2≤δ2(2em/d)^d 2^{-\epsilon m/2} \le \delta2(2em/d)d2−ϵm/2≤δ under the two stated conditions. The lower bound is a probabilistic argument with a random target: conditional on the sample, the labels of unseen points are fair coins, so the number of errors on them is binomial and exceeds half its range with probability at least 1/21/21/2; the refined bound scales this construction to a region of weight 16ϵ16\epsilon16ϵ and uses Markov's inequality to bound the number of draws landing in it. Measurability of the failure sets is avoided by stating outer-measure bounds, except for the double-sample event, which the proof integrates: it is assumed null-measurable (the well-behavedness of Blumer et al., without which the theorem is false for a class of VC dimension 111 on ω1\omega_1ω1​). For the lower bound it is avoided by working over a finitely supported distribution on a space with measurable singletons.

Formalization scope

The VC dimension is a supremum in N∪{∞}\mathbb{N} \cup \{\infty\}N∪{∞}, the growth function a supremum in N\mathbb{N}N (bounded by 2m2^m2m), and Φd\Phi_dΦd​ the book's recurrence, with its closed form and polynomial bound stated as separate theorems. The goal is stated for a hypothesis class HHH (Theorem 3.4), Theorem 3.3 being the case C=HC = HC=H; it carries the exact bound of the proof, the explicit constants of Blumer et al. in place of the book's c0c_0c0​, the requirement m≥8/ϵm \ge 8/\epsilonm≥8/ϵ of the proof's Chebyshev step, measurability of the hypotheses and the target, well-behavedness of HHH for the target, and 0<ϵ,δ<10 < \epsilon, \delta < 10<ϵ,δ<1. PAC learnability of the subclasses of HHH needs HHH nonempty, since no algorithm outputs hypotheses in the empty class. The lower bound is stated for every deterministic learning function, on an instance space with measurable singletons, for a class shattering some set of d≥1d \ge 1d≥1 points, with the explicit constants derived in the proof sketch (m≤d/2m \le d/2m≤d/2: error ≥1/8\ge 1/8≥1/8 with probability ≥1/2\ge 1/2≥1/2; ϵ≤1/16\epsilon \le 1/16ϵ≤1/16 and m≤(d−1)/(64ϵ)m \le (d-1)/(64\epsilon)m≤(d−1)/(64ϵ): error >ϵ> \epsilon>ϵ with probability ≥1/4\ge 1/4≥1/4). Running time is not modelled. The composition bound for layered networks (Theorems 3.6 and 3.7) is not stated.

Trivializing readings are excluded: the ε-net event ranges over every hypothesis of HHH, the failure bounds are uniform over all consistent learners, and the lower bound holds for every learning function. Welcome contributions: Sauer's lemma, the closed form and the (em/d)d(em/d)^d(em/d)d bound, the random-partition counting lemma, and the binomial median inequality used in the lower bound.

Selected references

  • M. J. Kearns, U. V. Vazirani, An Introduction to Computational Learning Theory, MIT Press, 1994, Chapter 3. doi:10.7551/mitpress/3897.001.0001
  • A. Blumer, A. Ehrenfeucht, D. Haussler, M. K. Warmuth, Learnability and the Vapnik–Chervonenkis dimension, Journal of the ACM 36(4), 1989. doi:10.1145/76359.76371
  • V. N. Vapnik, A. Ya. Chervonenkis, On the uniform convergence of relative frequencies of events to their probabilities, Theory of Probability and its Applications 16(2), 1971. doi:10.1137/1116025
  • N. Sauer, On the density of families of sets, Journal of Combinatorial Theory, Series A 13(1), 1972. doi:10.1016/0097-3165(72)90019-2
  • A. Ehrenfeucht, D. Haussler, M. Kearns, L. Valiant, A general lower bound on the number of examples needed for learning, Information and Computation 82(3), 1989. doi:10.1016/0890-5401(89)90002-3
8 thms4 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Bandit AlgorithmsOperations ResearchOptimization·Captain: naimengye

Multi-armed Bandit Allocation Indices I: The Gittins Index, Optimal Stopping and MonotonicityTextbook

Motivation

A decision-maker has nnn projects, each a Markov reward process, and at every decision time may advance exactly one of them; the others stay frozen. Which project to advance so as to maximize the expected total discounted reward? Posed as a dynamic program the problem has a state space that is the product of the nnn state spaces, and the size of that product defeats every general method. The index theorem of Gittins and Jones (1974) says the dynamic program is solved exactly by an index policy: there is a real number ν(B,x)\nu(B, x)ν(B,x), computable for each bandit process BBB from its own data and its own current state xxx, such that always advancing a process of greatest index is optimal. Chapter 2 of Gittins, Glazebrook and Weber, Multi-armed Bandit Allocation Indices (2nd ed., doi:10.1002/9780470980033), introduces the index, proves the theorem three times, and works out the properties of the index that the rest of the book, from jobs and superprocesses to restless bandits, is built on: which stopping time attains it, how it is computed, how it moves with the discount factor, and when it collapses to the myopic rule.

The index theorem itself is already on the platform, proved, as BanditAlgorithm.gittins_index_theorem in the Bandit Algorithms series (Lattimore and Szepesvári, Theorem 35.9). This mission cites it and formalizes what Chapter 2 establishes around it.

Setting

A bandit process BBB (§2.3–2.4) is a Markov reward process on a countable state space EEE: transition probabilities P(y∣x)P(y \mid x)P(y∣x), a bounded reward r(x)r(x)r(x) received each time the continuation control is applied in state xxx, and a discount factor a∈(0,1)a \in (0, 1)a∈(0,1); the freeze control leaves the state unchanged and yields nothing. The law of the process started at xxx is Px\mathbb{P}_xPx​ and x(t)x(t)x(t) is its state at process time t=0,1,2,…t = 0, 1, 2, \dotst=0,1,2,…. A stopping time τ\tauτ is a past-measurable rule for switching from continuation to freezing, taking values in {1,2,… }∪{∞}\{1, 2, \dots\} \cup \{\infty\}{1,2,…}∪{∞}. For such τ\tauτ, Rτ(B,x)=Ex[∑t<τatr(x(t))]R_\tau(B, x) = \mathbb{E}_x[\sum_{t < \tau} a^t r(x(t))]Rτ​(B,x)=Ex​[∑t<τ​atr(x(t))] is the expected discounted reward and Wτ(B,x)=Ex[∑t<τat]W_\tau(B, x) = \mathbb{E}_x[\sum_{t < \tau} a^t]Wτ​(B,x)=Ex​[∑t<τ​at] the expected discounted time; their ratio ντ(B,x)\nu_\tau(B, x)ντ​(B,x) (2.7) is the equivalent constant reward rate of that portion of BBB. The Gittins index is

ν(B,x)=sup⁡τ>0Rτ(B,x)Wτ(B,x)(2.6)\nu(B, x) = \sup_{\tau > 0} \frac{R_\tau(B, x)}{W_\tau(B, x)} \tag{2.6}ν(B,x)=τ>0sup​Wτ​(B,x)Rτ​(B,x)​(2.6)

and, equivalently, the fair charge (2.5): the greatest rent λ\lambdaλ per period for which continuing BBB for one or more periods, paying λ\lambdaλ each period, can be done without expected loss. A simple family of alternative bandit processes (SFABP) is nnn such processes with a common discount factor, one of which is continued at each decision time; an index policy continues a process of greatest index. In the Lean development the single-arm model is the platform's (GittinsIndex): the chain law is built by the Ionescu–Tulcea construction, stopping times are adapted N∪{∞}\mathbb{N}\cup\{\infty\}N∪{∞}-valued maps on trajectories, and gittinsIndex P r a x is (2.6).

Formalization targets

Goal: Lemma 2.2, the optimal stopping set

The supremum in (2.6) is attained. For the initial state ξ\xiξ, the attaining stopping rule may be taken to be "stop at the first time t≥1t \ge 1t≥1 at which the state lies in Σ0\Sigma_0Σ0​" for any set Σ0\Sigma_0Σ0​ with

{x:ν(B,x)<ν(B,ξ)}⊆Σ0⊆{x:ν(B,x)≤ν(B,ξ)},\{x : \nu(B, x) < \nu(B, \xi)\} \subseteq \Sigma_0 \subseteq \{x : \nu(B, x) \le \nu(B, \xi)\},{x:ν(B,x)<ν(B,ξ)}⊆Σ0​⊆{x:ν(B,x)≤ν(B,ξ)},

and every such rule has ντ(B,ξ)=ν(B,ξ)\nu_\tau(B, \xi) = \nu(B, \xi)ντ​(B,ξ)=ν(B,ξ).

Milestones

Theorem 2.1 as a reference to the proved platform theorem; Eq. (2.5), the fair-charge characterization of the index; the restart-in-state formulation of §2.6.4 as the convergence of the Katehakis–Veinott value iteration; Theorem 2.3, monotonicity in the discount factor; Lemma 2.4, the interchange of two bandit portions; Propositions 2.5–2.8, the monotone-index cases in which the index is the immediate reward, or is attained only after the first step, or only at τ=∞\tau = \inftyτ=∞.

Significance

Lemma 2.2 is the working form of the index: it turns the supremum over all stopping times into a specific rule, the first time the index falls below its starting value, and it is what the interchange proof of §2.7, the modified-forwards-induction policies of §2.6.6, the monotone-index propositions of §2.11 and the treatment of jobs in Chapter 3 all use. The fair-charge form (2.5) is the prevailing-charge proof of the theorem (Weber 1992) and the interpretation that carries over to superprocesses and restless bandits. The restart formulation is how indices are computed in practice (Katehakis and Veinott 1987), and Theorem 2.3 is the first of the comparative statics used throughout Chapters 7 and 8. Lemma 2.4 is the elementary inequality behind the original proof of Gittins and Jones.

Of these, only the index theorem has a machine-checked proof today. Formalizing the rest gives the platform the index as a usable object: a characterization of the optimal stopping rule, a convergent algorithm for it, and the monotonicity facts, all stated against the existing model so that every later mission of this series and every future use of the L&S model can build on them.

Difficulty

The obvious first move for Lemma 2.2, "take the stopping time that achieves the supremum", is what has to be proved: the supremum is over an uncountable family, and attainment comes from the optimal stopping problem with charge λ=ν(B,ξ)\lambda = \nu(B, \xi)λ=ν(B,ξ), whose value function satisfies φ(x)=max⁡{0,r(x)−λ+aE[φ(x(1))∣x(0)=x]}\varphi(x) = \max\{0, r(x) - \lambda + a\mathbb{E}[\varphi(x(1)) \mid x(0) = x]\}φ(x)=max{0,r(x)−λ+aE[φ(x(1))∣x(0)=x]}, together with the fact that its optimal stopping set is characterized by the strict and non-strict inequalities λ>ν(B,x)\lambda > \nu(B, x)λ>ν(B,x) and λ≥ν(B,x)\lambda \ge \nu(B, x)λ≥ν(B,x). That last step is the content: it identifies the local decision "stop or continue" with a comparison of indices, which is why any set between the two level sets works. On the platform's model this requires the dynamic-programming theory of discounted optimal stopping on a countable space (Theorem 2.10 of the book), the identification of fairChargeProfit with that value function, and the strong Markov property of markovChainMeasure at a trajectory stopping time. Theorem 2.3 needs randomized stopping times (a geometric kill) and the fact that they do not enlarge the supremum. The restart iteration is monotone and bounded but its operator is not a contraction in the restart value, so its limit has to be identified with the restart problem's value directly; that value is max⁡(0,ν/(1−a))\max(0, \nu/(1-a))max(0,ν/(1−a)), not ν/(1−a)\nu/(1-a)ν/(1−a), because restarting forever is free.

Formalization scope

The state space is a countable type with measurable singletons, so every subset is measurable; rewards are bounded; a∈(0,1)a \in (0, 1)a∈(0,1). The chain law, stopping times, the discounted stopped sums and the index are the platform's, unchanged. Expectations are Bochner integrals; with bounded rewards they are finite and no total-function default value enters. IsPositiveStoppingTime fixes τ≥1\tau \ge 1τ≥1 everywhere, so Wτ≥1W_\tau \ge 1Wτ​≥1 and the ratio (2.7) is a genuine quotient. The stopping rule of Lemma 2.2 is the hitting time from time 111 of a set, with ∞\infty∞ when the set is never hit. The fair-charge profit is a real supremum over the nonempty bounded family of positive stopping times, and (2.5) is stated with the outer supremum over {λ:profit(λ)≥0}\{\lambda : \text{profit}(\lambda) \ge 0\}{λ:profit(λ)≥0}, a nonempty set bounded above. The restart iteration is stated as a limit, with the value max⁡(0,ν(B,ξ)/(1−a))\max(0, \nu(B, \xi)/(1-a))max(0,ν(B,ξ)/(1−a)): for a nonnegative index this is the book's ν/(1−a)\nu/(1-a)ν/(1−a), and the maximum is forced by a one-state example with negative reward. The propositions' hypotheses are almost-sure events under Px\mathbb{P}_xPx​, written as events of measure one.

Two trivializing readings are excluded: the index is never taken over all N∪{∞}\mathbb{N}\cup\{\infty\}N∪{∞}-valued maps but over adapted stopping times, and the stopping set of the goal is not restricted to the two extreme level sets. Contributions welcome: the optimal-stopping dynamic program on markovChainMeasure (value iteration, the strong Markov property at a stopping time), the equivalence of randomized and non-randomized stopping times for the supremum, and the monotone convergence of the restart iteration.

Selected references

  • J. Gittins, K. Glazebrook, R. Weber, Multi-armed Bandit Allocation Indices, 2nd ed., Wiley, 2011, Chapter 2. doi:10.1002/9780470980033
  • J. C. Gittins, D. M. Jones, A dynamic allocation index for the sequential design of experiments, in Progress in Statistics (Gani, ed.), North-Holland, 1974.
  • R. Weber, On the Gittins index for multiarmed bandits, Annals of Applied Probability 2(4), 1992. doi:10.1214/aoap/1177005588
  • M. N. Katehakis, A. F. Veinott, The multi-armed bandit problem: decomposition and computation, Mathematics of Operations Research 12(2), 1987. doi:10.1287/moor.12.2.262
  • T. Lattimore, C. Szepesvári, Bandit Algorithms, Cambridge University Press, 2020, Chapter 35. doi:10.1017/9781108571401
12 thms4 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Machine LearningOperations ResearchOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Wasserstein Distributionally Robust Optimization IV: Regularization by Robustification in Classification and RegressionTextbook

Motivation

Regularization — adding a penalty on model complexity to an empirical risk minimization objective — is one of the oldest and most reliably effective tools in statistical learning: ridge regression, LASSO, and margin-based support vector machines all fit this template. For decades the regularization weight and penalty function were chosen heuristically or by cross-validation, with only asymptotic or worst-case generalization bounds explaining why they help. Kuhn, Mohajerin Esfahani, Nguyen & Shafieezadeh-Abadeh's 2019 INFORMS TutORials chapter on Wasserstein distributionally robust optimization (DRO) gives regularization a different, non-asymptotic justification: a decision rule that is robust to adversarial perturbations of its training data, measured in Wasserstein distance, is exactly a regularized empirical risk minimizer — no approximation, no asymptotics. This mission formalizes the general form of that equivalence, Theorem 10 (p. 14), which underlies every regularization-by-robustification result the chapter derives for classification and regression alike.

Setting

Fix a normed space Ξ=Rm\Xi = \mathbb{R}^mΞ=Rm, a convex loss function ℓ:Ξ→R\ell : \Xi \to \mathbb{R}ℓ:Ξ→R, a radius ε≥0\varepsilon \ge 0ε≥0, and NNN training samples ξ^1,…,ξ^N∈Ξ\hat\xi_1,\dots,\hat\xi_N \in \Xiξ^​1​,…,ξ^​N​∈Ξ (N≥1N \ge 1N≥1). The empirical distribution is P^N=1N∑i=1Nδξ^i\hat P_N = \frac{1}{N}\sum_{i=1}^N \delta_{\hat\xi_i}P^N​=N1​∑i=1N​δξ^​i​​. The worst-case risk of ℓ\ellℓ at radius ε\varepsilonε (eq. (6), p. 6) is

Rε,p(P^N,ℓ)=sup⁡Q∈Bε,p(P^N)EQ[ℓ(ξ)],R_{\varepsilon,p}(\hat P_N,\ell) = \sup_{Q \in B_{\varepsilon,p}(\hat P_N)} E_Q[\ell(\xi)],Rε,p​(P^N​,ℓ)=Q∈Bε,p​(P^N​)sup​EQ​[ℓ(ξ)],

where Bε,p(P^N)B_{\varepsilon,p}(\hat P_N)Bε,p​(P^N​) is the type-ppp Wasserstein ball of radius ε\varepsilonε around P^N\hat P_NP^N​ (Definition 1, p. 3) — the set of probability measures on Ξ\XiΞ within Wasserstein distance ε\varepsilonε of the empirical distribution, under a norm ∥⋅∥\|\cdot\|∥⋅∥ on Ξ\XiΞ and its transportation exponent ppp. The Lipschitz modulus Lip(ℓ)=sup⁡ξ≠ξ′∣ℓ(ξ)−ℓ(ξ′)∣∥ξ−ξ′∥\mathrm{Lip}(\ell) = \sup_{\xi\ne\xi'} \frac{|\ell(\xi)-\ell(\xi')|}{\|\xi-\xi'\|}Lip(ℓ)=supξ=ξ′​∥ξ−ξ′∥∣ℓ(ξ)−ℓ(ξ′)∣​ (possibly +∞+\infty+∞) measures how fast ℓ\ellℓ can grow.

Formalization targets

Goal (Theorem 10, convex loss and p=1p=1p=1). If ℓ\ellℓ is convex and p=1p=1p=1, then the worst-case risk of ℓ\ellℓ over the type-1 Wasserstein ball around the empirical distribution coincides with the Lipschitz-regularized empirical loss:

Rε,1(P^N,ℓ)=R(P^N,ℓ)+ε⋅Lip(ℓ),R_{\varepsilon,1}(\hat P_N,\ell) = R(\hat P_N,\ell) + \varepsilon \cdot \mathrm{Lip}(\ell),Rε,1​(P^N​,ℓ)=R(P^N​,ℓ)+ε⋅Lip(ℓ),

where R(P^N,ℓ)=1N∑i=1Nℓ(ξ^i)R(\hat P_N,\ell) = \frac{1}{N}\sum_{i=1}^N \ell(\hat\xi_i)R(P^N​,ℓ)=N1​∑i=1N​ℓ(ξ^​i​) is the ordinary empirical risk. The left side is the worst-case expected loss under adversarial perturbations of the training data of bounded aggregate Wasserstein cost; the right side is the ordinary empirical risk plus a regularization term proportional to the perturbation radius ε\varepsilonε and the loss's own Lipschitz modulus — no approximation, an exact equality for every convex ℓ\ellℓ.

Significance

This is the single result underlying every specific regularization-by-robustification corollary the chapter derives — the ℓ2\ell_2ℓ2​-regularized SVM and its ℓ1\ell_1ℓ1​/ℓ∞\ell_\inftyℓ∞​ variants, regularized logistic regression, and the regression analogue with a Lipschitz loss (Proposition 3) — because each of those is obtained by substituting a specific convex, Lipschitz loss (hinge, logloss, a linear-model margin loss) for the general ℓ\ellℓ here and reading off Lip(ℓ)\mathrm{Lip}(\ell)Lip(ℓ) in closed form. Theorem 10 is exact (p=1p=1p=1, Ξ = R^m) precisely because a type-1 transportation cost is dual to the Lipschitz modulus (a consequence of the Kantorovich- Rubinstein duality this book's earlier duality theorems establish), whereas the corresponding statement for p≥2p \ge 2p≥2 (Theorem 11 elsewhere in the chapter) needs a strictly stronger hypothesis on ℓ\ellℓ. Formalizing Theorem 10 fixes, machine-checkably, the exact scope of the equivalence — which losses qualify (convex, no boundedness or smoothness needed), which transportation exponent is required (p=1p=1p=1, not any p≥1p\ge1p≥1), and that the equality is exact, not an upper or lower bound — the single fact every classification- and regression-specific robustification corollary in the chapter cites without re-deriving.

Difficulty

The natural first attempt treats the worst-case risk as an instance of the general finite convex reduction (Theorem 8, which needs ℓ\ellℓ or a related concave/convex-conjugate structure and applies for a general norm exponent p,qp,qp,q with 1/p+1/q=11/p+1/q=11/p+1/q=1) and specializes it to p=1p=1p=1. This is not the paper's own route for Theorem 10: at p=1p=1p=1 the dual exponent q=∞q=\inftyq=∞, and the general finite-convex-program reduction (11) degenerates in a way that is more naturally derived directly from the type-1 Wasserstein distance's own dual (Kantorovich-Rubinstein) representation — a Lipschitz test function pairs exactly with a type-1 transportation cost, which is why the answer is Lipschitz-regularization and not some other penalty. The Lean statement records only the final equality (the proof itself, via Theorem 8 or the direct Kantorovich-Rubinstein route, is left as sorry, as required for a draft item), but the choice of which milestones would support that proof is exactly this: the type-1/Lipschitz-modulus duality is a structurally different argument from the finite-convex-program machinery Theorem 8 needs for other ppp, which is why this chapter's earlier draft mistakenly tried to reach a specialization of Theorem 10 (Proposition 2, restated for a labeled, κ=∞\kappa=\inftyκ=∞ ambiguity set) through a finite-atom shortcut that does not actually capture the general type-1 ball Theorem 10's own proof needs — see Formalization scope.

Formalization scope

Ξ\XiΞ is EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin m) (fixed to Set.univ, matching the theorem's own "Ξ = R^m" hypothesis) with an arbitrary fixed norm as a type-class parameter, not specialized to Euclidean. The worst-case risk, Wasserstein distance, ambiguity set, nominal risk, empirical distribution and Lipschitz modulus are all redefined locally in this chapter's own namespace, verbatim restatements of 01-duality's own drafts of the same objects (identical EReal/ENNReal/Integrable conventions), because 01-duality is not yet a published mission (CAPTAIN_ADDENDUM_WAVE2.md rule 5); a later upload can retire the duplication once it is live. hN : 0 < N excludes the empty-sample case the paper's own "N training samples" presupposes; hℓ : Integrable ℓ (empiricalDistribution ξhat) guards the empirical risk's Bochner integral (automatically satisfied under any real-valued ℓ since the empirical distribution is a finite convex combination of Dirac masses, but stated explicitly rather than assumed silently). No constant is pinned to a numeral. This mission originally targeted Proposition 2 (regularization by robustification for classification, p. 25), a specialization of Theorem 10 to a labeled, κ=∞ input-output ambiguity set — but that draft's κ=∞ ambiguity set restricted admissible perturbations to a finite family of exactly N atoms, each sample's entire mass moving as one indivisible unit, which is a strict, non-faithful subset of the true κ=∞ Wasserstein ball (splitting a sample's mass across several destinations is a legitimate, and for a convex loss strictly more powerful, perturbation by Jensen's inequality). This made the goal theorem false for at least one of the three loss functions (Table 1) the mission itself certified as covered (logloss), not merely narrower than the paper's claim — moderation caught this and required either a faithful general-ambiguity-set reformulation or retargeting the goal. This mission takes the latter: Theorem 10 itself, already correctly and generally stated using the unrestricted Wasserstein ball throughout, is now the goal, with no further milestone (no other numbered result in this chunk's scope is needed for Theorem 10's own statement beyond the shared definitions above). A future mission in this series can revisit Proposition 2/3 with a properly general labeled ambiguity set once that construction (label-pinned marginal plus an aggregate coupling condition on the input coordinate, rather than a finite atom family) is built.

Selected references

  • Kuhn, D., Mohajerin Esfahani, P., Nguyen, V. A., & Shafieezadeh-Abadeh, S. (2019). Wasserstein Distributionally Robust Optimization: Theory and Applications in Machine Learning. INFORMS TutORials in Operations Research. https://doi.org/10.1287/educ.2019.0198
  • Shafieezadeh-Abadeh, S., Esfahani, P. M., & Kuhn, D. (2015). Distributionally robust logistic regression. Advances in Neural Information Processing Systems, 28.
  • Blanchet, J., Kang, Y., & Murthy, K. (2019). Robust Wasserstein profile inference and applications to machine learning. Journal of Applied Probability, 56(3), 830–857.
8 thms4 active users
🏆Completed
Machine LearningOperations ResearchOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Wasserstein Distributionally Robust Optimization III: Finite-Sample and Asymptotic Performance GuaranteesTextbook

Motivation

A decision maker who solves a distributionally robust optimization (DRO) problem over a Wasserstein ball chooses a radius ε\varepsilonε by hand, and it is natural to ask what guarantee that choice actually buys: how large must ε\varepsilonε be, as a function of the sample size NNN and a desired confidence level, before the resulting worst-case risk is provably not an underestimate of the true (unknown-distribution) risk? Kuhn, Mohajerin Esfahani, Nguyen & Shafieezadeh-Abadeh's 2019 INFORMS TutORials chapter answers this for the mean-covariance relaxation of Wasserstein DRO introduced via the Gelbrich hull (Section 2.3): Theorem 21 gives a concentration inequality for how fast the sample mean and covariance approach the true mean and covariance, and Theorem 22 turns that concentration bound into a finite-sample statistical guarantee for the Gelbrich risk itself. This mission formalizes both.

Setting

Fix m∈Nm \in \mathbb{N}m∈N. Let PPP be the unknown true distribution on Rm\mathbb{R}^mRm with mean vector μ\muμ and covariance matrix Σ∈S+m\Sigma \in S^m_+Σ∈S+m​, and suppose PPP is light-tailed: there exist α>2\alpha > 2α>2 and A>0A > 0A>0 with EP[exp⁡(∥ξ∥2α)]≤AE_P[\exp(\|\xi\|_2^\alpha)] \le AEP​[exp(∥ξ∥2α​)]≤A. Let ξ^1,…,ξ^N\hat\xi_1,\dots,\hat \xi_Nξ^​1​,…,ξ^​N​ be NNN independent, identically distributed samples from PPP; write PNP^NPN for their joint law (the NNN-fold product measure) and μ^,Σ^\hat\mu, \hat\Sigmaμ^​,Σ^ for the resulting sample mean and sample covariance, i.e. the mean and covariance of the empirical distribution P^N=1N∑iδξ^i\hat P_N = \frac{1}{N}\sum_i \delta_{\hat\xi_i}P^N​=N1​∑i​δξ^​i​​. Recall from the Gelbrich construction the mean-covariance uncertainty set Uε(μ^,Σ^)={(μ,Σ)∈Rm×S+m:∥μ^−μ∥22+Tr[Σ^+Σ−2(Σ^1/2ΣΣ^1/2)1/2]≤ε2}U_\varepsilon(\hat\mu,\hat\Sigma) = \{(\mu,\Sigma) \in \mathbb{R}^m \times S^m_+ : \|\hat\mu-\mu\|_2^2 + \mathrm{Tr}[\hat\Sigma+\Sigma-2(\hat\Sigma^{1/2} \Sigma\hat\Sigma^{1/2})^{1/2}] \le \varepsilon^2\}Uε​(μ^​,Σ^)={(μ,Σ)∈Rm×S+m​:∥μ^​−μ∥22​+Tr[Σ^+Σ−2(Σ^1/2ΣΣ^1/2)1/2]≤ε2}, and the Gelbrich risk Rε(μ^,Σ^,ℓ)=sup⁡Q∈Gε(μ^,Σ^)EQ[ℓ(ξ)]R_\varepsilon(\hat\mu,\hat\Sigma,\ell) = \sup_{Q \in G_\varepsilon(\hat\mu,\hat\Sigma)} E_Q[\ell(\xi)]Rε​(μ^​,Σ^,ℓ)=supQ∈Gε​(μ^​,Σ^)​EQ​[ℓ(ξ)] of a loss function ℓ\ellℓ over the Gelbrich hull Gε(μ^,Σ^)G_\varepsilon(\hat\mu,\hat \Sigma)Gε​(μ^​,Σ^).

Formalization targets

Milestone (Theorem 21, concentration inequalities II). There is c>1c > 1c>1, depending on PPP only through μ,Σ,α,A,m\mu,\Sigma,\alpha,A,mμ,Σ,α,A,m (not on any finer feature of PPP), such that for every η∈(0,1]\eta \in (0,1]η∈(0,1],

PN[(μ,Σ)∈Uε(μ^,Σ^)]≥1−ηwheneverε≥εN(η):=log⁡(c/η)N.P^N\big[(\mu,\Sigma) \in U_\varepsilon(\hat\mu,\hat\Sigma)\big] \ge 1-\eta \quad \text{whenever} \quad \varepsilon \ge \varepsilon_N(\eta) := \frac{\log(c/\eta)}{\sqrt N}.PN[(μ,Σ)∈Uε​(μ^​,Σ^)]≥1−ηwheneverε≥εN​(η):=N​log(c/η)​.

Goal (Theorem 22(a), finite sample guarantees II). Under the same hypotheses, for every η∈(0,1)\eta \in (0,1)η∈(0,1) and ε≥εN(η)\varepsilon \ge \varepsilon_N(\eta)ε≥εN​(η),

PN{R(P,ℓ)≤Rε(μ^,Σ^,ℓ)    ∀ℓ∈L}≥1−η.P^N\Big\{R(P,\ell) \le R_\varepsilon(\hat\mu,\hat\Sigma,\ell) \;\; \forall \ell \in L\Big\} \ge 1-\eta.PN{R(P,ℓ)≤Rε​(μ^​,Σ^,ℓ)∀ℓ∈L}≥1−η.

With probability at least 1−η1-\eta1−η over the draw of the training sample, the Gelbrich risk computed from that sample upper-bounds the true risk of every admissible loss function simultaneously — not just of one fixed ℓ\ellℓ chosen in advance. (The paper's part (b), the analogous guarantee $P^N\{R(P,\ell^\star) \le R_\varepsilon(\hat\mu,\hat\Sigma,\ell^\star)\} \ge 1-\eta$ for the specific optimizer ℓ⋆\ell^\starℓ⋆ of the Gelbrich risk minimization problem, is not formalized in this mission — see Formalization scope.)

Significance

Theorem 22 is what makes the Gelbrich-risk relaxation of Wasserstein DRO more than a computational convenience: it certifies that solving the tractable Gelbrich risk minimization problem gives a decision whose true out-of-sample risk is, with high probability, no worse than the value the solver reports — a genuine confidence guarantee, not merely an approximation of the Wasserstein worst-case risk. Theorem 21's rate, εN(η)=O(N−1/2)\varepsilon_N(\eta) = O(N^{-1/2})εN​(η)=O(N−1/2), is also of independent interest: it is dimension-free (no curse of dimensionality), in contrast to the paper's earlier general-distribution concentration result (Theorem 18, out of scope for this mission) whose rate degrades with mmm. Formalizing Theorem 21 fixes, machine-checkably, the exact functional form of εN(η)\varepsilon_N(\eta)εN​(η) and the precise sense in which ccc is "distribution-free" given (μ,Σ,α,A,m)(\mu,\Sigma,\alpha,A,m)(μ,Σ,α,A,m) — a subtlety easy to state informally but easy to get wrong formally (see Difficulty).

Difficulty

The central formalization difficulty is not proving the theorems (both are left as sorry in this draft) but stating the existential constant ccc correctly. The paper says ccc "depends on PPP only through μ,Σ,α,A,m\mu,\Sigma,\alpha,A,mμ,Σ,α,A,m" — informally, a promise that ccc is uniform across every distribution PPP sharing those five parameters, not merely that some ccc exists for each PPP separately (a vacuously true, much weaker statement obtained by naively quantifying ccc after PPP). The correct encoding places ∃c\exists c∃c before the universal quantifier over PPP: for fixed (μ,Σ,α,A,m)(\mu,\Sigma,\alpha,A,m)(μ,Σ,α,A,m), one ccc must work for every PPP with that mean, covariance, and tail bound. Getting this quantifier order backwards silently converts a genuine finite-sample guarantee into a triviality (FAITHFULNESS_TRAPS.md trap 8).

Formalization scope

Distributions live on EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin m); PNP^NPN, the law of NNN iid samples, is the NNN-fold product measure MeasureTheory.Measure.pi (fun _ => P) on Fin N → EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin m) — an event about the random sample sequence is a set of such tuples, and "PN[event]≥1−ηP^N[\text{event}] \ge 1-\etaPN[event]≥1−η" is that product measure's mass on the event set. All risk and uncertainty-set definitions (meanVector, covarianceMatrix, meanCovarianceUncertaintySet, gelbrichHull, gelbrichRisk, nominalRisk, empiricalDistribution) are redefined locally in this chapter's own namespace, matching 02-gelbrich's conventions exactly, since neither 01-duality nor 02-gelbrich is yet a published mission (CAPTAIN_ADDENDUM_WAVE2.md rule 5); a later upload can retire the duplication once those missions are live. The existential constant c is placed before the universal quantifier over P in both theorems, exactly capturing "depends on P only through µ,Σ,α,A,m" — see Difficulty. Only Theorem 22's part (a) (the uniform bound over a loss class L) is formalized; part (b) — the bound for the specific optimizer ℓ* of the Gelbrich risk minimization problem (19) — is left out, because it requires first formalizing "ℓ* is an optimizer of problem (19)" as an object (an infimum-attaining selection over a data-dependent optimization problem), which is additional infrastructure this mission's time budget did not cover; formalizing it as an unconditional bound over an arbitrary data-dependent ℓ* (dropping the optimality hypothesis) would be unfaithful — the guarantee genuinely depends on ℓ* being an optimizer, not an arbitrary measurable function of the sample. The goal theorem also carries hΞ, stating Ξ contains the support of P (the paper's own standing assumption, p. 6, for every later use of Ξ), and hLInt, an Integrable ℓ P guard for every ℓ ∈ L, matching Assumption 1 (p. 9); both were added after moderation found the goal's original statement, without them, admitted a counter-instance (Ξ = ∅ collapses the Gelbrich hull to empty and the risk supremum to ⊥, making the guarantee provably false rather than merely undisclosed). Theorem 18 (the general, dimension- dependent concentration inequality with its piecewise ε_N(η) formula) and Theorems 19/20/23 (its downstream guarantees and the asymptotic-consistency results) are out of scope for this mission, which targets the Gelbrich-risk branch (Theorems 21/22) specifically.

Selected references

  • Kuhn, D., Mohajerin Esfahani, P., Nguyen, V. A., & Shafieezadeh-Abadeh, S. (2019). Wasserstein Distributionally Robust Optimization: Theory and Applications in Machine Learning. INFORMS TutORials in Operations Research. https://doi.org/10.1287/educ.2019.0198
  • Fournier, N., & Guillin, A. (2015). On the rate of convergence in Wasserstein distance of the empirical measure. Probability Theory and Related Fields, 162(3), 707–738.
  • Gao, R., & Kleywegt, A. J. (2023). Distributionally robust stochastic optimization with Wasserstein distance. Mathematics of Operations Research, 48(2), 603–655.
12 thms4 active users
🏆Completed
Machine LearningStatisticsTheoretical Computer Science·Captain: mikedeng1

Foundations of Machine Learning XII: Algorithmic StabilityTextbook

Motivation

Every generalization bound in Chapters 2-11 depends only on the complexity of a fixed hypothesis set HHH — Rademacher complexity, VC-dimension, growth function — and holds regardless of which algorithm within HHH actually returns the hypothesis. This is both a strength (broad applicability) and a limitation: it throws away everything specific to how an algorithm searches HHH, and can be uninformative when HHH itself is large or unbounded (e.g. a regularized objective that implicitly restricts the search without shrinking HHH as a set). Chapter 14 introduces a fundamentally different route to a generalization bound — a property of the algorithm rather than the hypothesis class — first used by Devroye, Rogers and Wagner for kkk-nearest-neighbor rules and given its modern general form by Bousquet and Elisseeff (2002), whose treatment this chapter follows and (for non-differentiable convex losses) extends.

Setting

A labeled example is z=(x,y)∈X×Yz=(x,y)\in X\times Yz=(x,y)∈X×Y; for a loss function L:Y′×Y→R+L:Y'\times Y\to\mathbb R_+L:Y′×Y→R+​ (where Y′Y'Y′ may differ from YYY, e.g. Y={−1,+1}Y=\{-1,+1\}Y={−1,+1} but Y′=RY'=\mathbb RY′=R for a real-valued hypothesis), the loss of a hypothesis hhh at zzz is Lz(h)=L(h(x),y)L_z(h)=L(h(x),y)Lz​(h)=L(h(x),y). Given a learning algorithm AAA that maps a sample SSS of size mmm to a hypothesis hS∈Hh_S\in HhS​∈H, the empirical error and generalization error are R^S(h)=1m∑iLzi(h)\hat R_S(h)=\frac1m\sum_iL_{z_i}(h)R^S​(h)=m1​∑i​Lzi​​(h) and R(h)=Ez∼D[Lz(h)]R(h)=\mathbb E_{z\sim D}[L_z(h)]R(h)=Ez∼D​[Lz​(h)]. Uniform β\betaβ-stability (Definition 14.1) says: for any two samples SSS, S′S'S′ differing by a single point, the algorithm's returned hypotheses satisfy ∣Lz(hS)−Lz(hS′)∣≤β|L_z(h_S)-L_z(h_{S'})|\le\beta∣Lz​(hS​)−Lz​(hS′​)∣≤β for every zzz — replacing one training point can change the algorithm's loss on any point by at most β\betaβ. For the regularized algorithms studied in §14.3, a kernel-based regularization algorithm minimizes FS(h)=R^S(h)+λ∥h∥K2F_S(h)=\hat R_S(h)+ \lambda\|h\|_K^2FS​(h)=R^S​(h)+λ∥h∥K2​ over the RKHS HHH of a positive-definite kernel KKK, and a loss LLL is σ\sigmaσ-admissible (Definition 14.3) if ∣L(h′(x),y)−L(h(x),y)∣≤σ∣h′(x)−h(x)∣|L(h'(x),y)-L(h(x),y)|\le\sigma|h'(x)-h(x)|∣L(h′(x),y)−L(h(x),y)∣≤σ∣h′(x)−h(x)∣ for all hypotheses h,h′h,h'h,h′ — a Lipschitz-like smoothness condition satisfied by the standard regression and classification losses.

Formalization targets

Proposition 14.4 (milestone). For a PDS kernel KKK with K(x,x)≤r2K(x,x)\le r^2K(x,x)≤r2 and a convex, σ\sigmaσ-admissible loss LLL, the kernel-based regularization algorithm is β\betaβ-stable with

β≤σ2r2mλ.\beta \le \frac{\sigma^2r^2}{m\lambda}.β≤mλσ2r2​.

Corollary 14.5 (milestone). For SVR (the ϵ\epsilonϵ-insensitive loss LϵL_\epsilonLϵ​, bounded by MMM), with probability at least 1−δ1-\delta1−δ:

R(hS)≤R^S(hS)+r2mλ+(2r2λ+M)log⁡(1/δ)2m.R(h_S) \le \hat R_S(h_S) + \frac{r^2}{m\lambda} + \Big(\frac{2r^2}\lambda+M\Big)\sqrt{\frac{\log(1/\delta)}{2m}}.R(hS​)≤R^S​(hS​)+mλr2​+(λ2r2​+M)2mlog(1/δ)​​.

Theorem 14.2 — the mission's goal. For a loss bounded by MMM and a β\betaβ-stable algorithm AAA, with probability at least 1−δ1-\delta1−δ over a sample SSS of size mmm:

R(hS)≤R^S(hS)+β+(2mβ+M)log⁡(1/δ)2m.R(h_S) \le \hat R_S(h_S) + \beta + (2m\beta+M)\sqrt{\frac{\log(1/\delta)}{2m}}.R(hS​)≤R^S​(hS​)+β+(2mβ+M)2mlog(1/δ)​​.

Significance

Theorem 14.2 is the book's demonstration that algorithm-dependent analysis is not merely a special-case curiosity: it is broad enough to cover an entire family (every kernel-based regularization algorithm — KRR, SVR, SVMs, and beyond) uniformly, via a single stability coefficient computation (Proposition 14.4) that is then specialized per algorithm just by plugging in that loss's admissibility constant σ\sigmaσ. Corollary 14.5's SVR bound is the concrete payoff: a fully explicit, dimension-free generalization guarantee for a widely used regression algorithm, with every constant (rrr, λ\lambdaλ, mmm) traceable to the algorithm's own hyperparameters, no VC-dimension or Rademacher-complexity computation required. Unlike Chapters 3-11, whose bounds are oblivious to how HHH is searched, algorithmic stability is the first tool in the book that can, in principle, certify generalization for a hypothesis class too large or poorly understood for a complexity-based bound to be informative, provided the algorithm itself is stable. No prior art on the Prove2Me platform is faithful: GET /theorems?q=algorithmic+stability, q=uniform+stability return no hits; q=McDiarmid returns only bounded_diff_martingale_two_sided (Boucheron-Lugosi-Massart's own two-sided bounded-differences martingale inequality), which is McDiarmid's inequality's own proof engine (the background result Theorem 14.2's proof applies), not any result of this chapter — a different mathematical object entirely, not reused. All eleven items are drafted fresh.

Not formalized here: Corollary 14.6 (KRR bound), Lemma 14.7 (boundedness of kernel-regularization hypotheses) and Corollary 14.8 (SVM bound). Corollary 14.6 is structurally identical to Corollary 14.5 (a different loss function's admissibility constant plugged into the same Proposition 14.4 + Theorem 14.2 chain) and adds no new formalization content beyond Corollary 14.5, already drafted; Lemma 14.7 and Corollary 14.8 are omitted together, since 14.8's own statement needs 14.7's bound on ∣hS(x)∣|h_S(x)|∣hS​(x)∣ to compute its explicit MMM (unlike Corollary 14.5, which is given MMM as a hypothesis) — a genuine additional formalization layer (the reproducing-kernel norm bound ∣hS(x)∣≤rB/λ|h_S(x)|\le r\sqrt{B/\lambda}∣hS​(x)∣≤rB/λ​) disproportionate to a single further corollary within this mission's budget.

Difficulty

The chapter's central technical step is recognizing that β\betaβ-stability plus the loss bound MMM together give exactly the bounded-difference property McDiarmid's inequality needs, applied to Φ(S)=R(hS)−R^S(hS)\Phi(S)=R(h_S)-\hat R_S(h_S)Φ(S)=R(hS​)−R^S​(hS​) as a function of the sample: replacing one point of SSS changes R(hS)R(h_S)R(hS​) by at most β\betaβ (stability applied to the population loss, an expectation over zzz) and changes R^S(hS)\hat R_S(h_S)R^S​(hS​) by at most β+M/m\beta+M/mβ+M/m (stability on the m−1m-1m−1 shared points, plus the full loss bound M/mM/mM/m on the one point that actually changed) — two different, asymmetric arguments that must be combined correctly to get ∣Φ(S)−Φ(S′)∣≤2β+M/m|\Phi(S)-\Phi(S')|\le 2\beta+M/m∣Φ(S)−Φ(S′)∣≤2β+M/m, not merely "stability implies boundedness" asserted directly. Proposition 14.4's own proof (not formalized here beyond its statement) needs a generalized Bregman divergence to handle a possibly non-differentiable convex loss — an extension of Bousquet-Elisseeff's original argument the book credits to itself as novel — via the reproducing-kernel property and Cauchy-Schwarz to convert a divergence bound into a bound on ∥h−h′∥K\|h-h'\|_K∥h−h′∥K​, then back into a pointwise loss bound.

Formalization scope

IsRKHSOf/IsMinimizer are restated locally in Stability, byte-identical to chunk 06-kernels's own copies (a draft item cannot import another chunk's draft module); H is an abstract real inner-product space with an evaluation map ev : H → X → ℝ standing for "elements of H are functions on X", the same device chunk 06's own RKHS formalization uses, since Mathlib's abstract Hilbert spaces are not themselves spaces of functions. UniformlyStable fixes the sample size m as part of the algorithm's type (A : (Fin m → X × Y) → (X → Y')), matching the book's own standing convention of a fixed sample size m throughout the chapter. Proposition 14.4 is stated pairwise — for any two samples differing by one point and any minimizers of their respective regularized objectives, the pointwise loss bound holds — rather than fixing a global choice-function algorithm A, since the book's own proof picks an arbitrary minimizer of each objective without asserting uniqueness; Corollary 14.5 does fix a choice function A (one minimizer per sample), since Theorem 14.2's own statement needs a single algorithm evaluated across the whole product-measure sample space. No numerical constant in any of the three theorems is altered from the book's own displayed form. A trivializing formalization this mission avoids: stating Theorem 14.2 only for the strict per-hypothesis loss bound (∀ h ∈ H, ∀ z, L_z(h) ≤ M) rather than the book's own weaker, algorithm-specific condition (hbound, ∀ S, ∀ z, L_z(A S) ≤ M) — the weaker hypothesis is kept, exactly matching the book's explicit statement that "a weaker condition suffices."

Selected references

  • M. Mohri, A. Rostamizadeh, A. Talwalkar, Foundations of Machine Learning, 2nd ed., MIT Press, 2018, Chapter 14.
  • O. Bousquet, A. Elisseeff, "Stability and generalization," Journal of Machine Learning Research 2, 2002, 499-526.
  • M. Kearns, D. Ron, "Algorithmic stability and sanity-check bounds for leave-one-out cross-validation," Neural Computation 11(6), 1999, 1427-1453.
12 thms4 active users
🏆Completed
Machine LearningRandom Matrix TheoryStatistics·Captain: mikedeng1

High-Dimensional Statistics V: Thresholding-Based Covariance EstimationTextbook

Motivation

Estimating a d×dd\times dd×d covariance matrix Σ\SigmaΣ from nnn samples is a canonical high-dimensional problem: the natural estimator, the sample covariance Σ^\hat\SigmaΣ^, is consistent in operator norm only when n≳dn\gtrsim dn≳d, which fails outright in the regime d≫nd\gg nd≫n common to modern applications. When Σ\SigmaΣ is additionally known to be sparse — few nonzero entries per row — a simple fix restores consistency even when d≫nd\gg nd≫n: threshold every entry of Σ^\hat\SigmaΣ^ below a data-dependent level to zero. This mission formalizes the matrix concentration machinery behind that fix and the resulting guarantee, following Wainwright, High-Dimensional Statistics: A Non-Asymptotic Viewpoint (Cambridge University Press, 2019), Chapter 6.

Setting

For a random matrix QQQ, the matrix variance is var(Q):=E[Q2]−(E[Q])2\mathrm{var}(Q):=\mathbb E[Q^2]-(\mathbb E[Q])^2var(Q):=E[Q2]−(E[Q])2, and the Loewner order A⪯BA\preceq BA⪯B on symmetric matrices means B−AB-AB−A is positive semidefinite. A zero-mean symmetric random matrix QQQ satisfies Bernstein's condition (Definition 6.10) with parameter b>0b>0b>0 if E[Qj]⪯12j! bj−2var(Q)\mathbb E[Q^j]\preceq\tfrac12 j!\,b^{j-2}\mathrm{var}(Q)E[Qj]⪯21​j!bj−2var(Q) for j=3,4,…j=3,4,\dotsj=3,4,… — the matrix analogue of the scalar Bernstein condition of Chapter 2. The operator (spectral) norm ∣ ⁣∣ ⁣∣M∣ ⁣∣ ⁣∣2|\!|\!|M|\!|\!|_2∣∣∣M∣∣∣2​ is MMM's largest singular value.

Given a threshold λ>0\lambda>0λ>0, the hard-thresholding operator is Tλ(u):=u⋅1[∣u∣>λ]T_\lambda(u):=u\cdot \mathbb 1[|u|>\lambda]Tλ​(u):=u⋅1[∣u∣>λ], extended entrywise to matrices (Eq. (6.52)). A covariance matrix Σ\SigmaΣ's sparsity pattern is captured by its adjacency matrix Ajℓ:=1[Σjℓ≠0]A_{j\ell}:=\mathbb 1[\Sigma_{j\ell}\neq0]Ajℓ​:=1[Σjℓ​=0] (p. 181); ∣ ⁣∣ ⁣∣A∣ ⁣∣ ⁣∣2≤d|\!|\!|A|\!|\!|_2\le d∣∣∣A∣∣∣2​≤d always, with equality only when Σ\SigmaΣ has no zero entries, and ∣ ⁣∣ ⁣∣A∣ ⁣∣ ⁣∣2≤s|\!|\!|A|\!|\!|_2\le s∣∣∣A∣∣∣2​≤s whenever Σ\SigmaΣ has at most sss nonzero entries per row.

Formalization targets

Goal — Theorem 6.23 (thresholding-based covariance estimation)

Let {xi}i=1n\{x_i\}_{i=1}^n{xi​}i=1n​ be i.i.d. zero-mean random vectors with covariance Σ\SigmaΣ, each coordinate sub-Gaussian with parameter at most σ\sigmaσ. If n>log⁡dn>\log dn>logd, then for any δ>0\delta>0δ>0, the thresholded sample covariance Tλn(Σ^)T_{\lambda_n}(\hat\Sigma)Tλn​​(Σ^) with λn/σ2=8log⁡d/n+δ\lambda_n/\sigma^2 = 8\sqrt{\log d/n}+\deltaλn​/σ2=8logd/n​+δ satisfies

P[ ∣ ⁣∣ ⁣∣Tλn(Σ^)−Σ∣ ⁣∣ ⁣∣2≥2∣ ⁣∣ ⁣∣A∣ ⁣∣ ⁣∣2λn ]  ≤  8e−n16min⁡{δ,δ2}.\mathbb P\big[\,|\!|\!|T_{\lambda_n}(\hat\Sigma)-\Sigma|\!|\!|_2 \ge 2|\!|\!|A|\!|\!|_2\lambda_n\,\big] \;\le\; 8e^{-\frac{n}{16}\min\{\delta,\delta^2\}}.P[∣∣∣Tλn​​(Σ^)−Σ∣∣∣2​≥2∣∣∣A∣∣∣2​λn​]≤8e−16n​min{δ,δ2}.

The error scales with the graph sparsity ∣ ⁣∣ ⁣∣A∣ ⁣∣ ⁣∣2|\!|\!|A|\!|\!|_2∣∣∣A∣∣∣2​, not with ddd directly — the whole point of thresholding when the ambient dimension is much larger than the sample size.

Milestone — Theorem 6.17 (the matrix Bernstein bound)

For independent, zero-mean, symmetric random matrices {Qi}\{Q_i\}{Qi​} satisfying Bernstein's condition with parameter bbb,

P[1n∣ ⁣∣ ⁣∣∑i=1nQi∣ ⁣∣ ⁣∣2≥δ]  ≤  2 rank(∑i=1nvar(Qi))exp⁡(−nδ22(σ2+bδ)).\mathbb P\Big[\frac1n\Big|\!\Big|\!\Big|\sum_{i=1}^n Q_i\Big|\!\Big|\!\Big|_2 \ge \delta\Big] \;\le\; 2\,\mathrm{rank}\Big(\sum_{i=1}^n\mathrm{var}(Q_i)\Big)\exp\Big(-\frac{n\delta^2}{2(\sigma^2+b\delta)}\Big).P[n1​​​​i=1∑n​Qi​​​​2​≥δ]≤2rank(i=1∑n​var(Qi​))exp(−2(σ2+bδ)nδ2​).

This is the general matrix concentration tool the whole chapter builds toward; Theorem 6.23 is one of its corollaries.

Milestone — Eq. (6.54) (the deterministic thresholding bound)

For any λn\lambda_nλn​ with ∥Σ^−Σ∥max⁡≤λn\|\hat\Sigma-\Sigma\|_{\max}\le\lambda_n∥Σ^−Σ∥max​≤λn​, ∣ ⁣∣ ⁣∣Tλn(Σ^)−Σ∣ ⁣∣ ⁣∣2≤2∣ ⁣∣ ⁣∣A∣ ⁣∣ ⁣∣2λn|\!|\!|T_{\lambda_n}(\hat\Sigma)-\Sigma|\!|\!|_2\le2|\!|\!|A|\!|\!|_2\lambda_n∣∣∣Tλn​​(Σ^)−Σ∣∣∣2​≤2∣∣∣A∣∣∣2​λn​ — a purely deterministic fact, with no probability involved, that reduces Theorem 6.23's proof to a single probabilistic input: controlling ∥Σ^−Σ∥max⁡\|\hat\Sigma-\Sigma\|_{\max}∥Σ^−Σ∥max​.

Significance

Theorem 6.17 is the workhorse of the whole chapter: besides Theorem 6.23, it also underlies Corollary 6.20's operator-norm bound for the unstructured sample covariance matrix (used in turn for the two example ensembles in Section 6.4.5), by taking Qi:=xixiT−ΣQ_i:=x_ix_i^T-\SigmaQi​:=xi​xiT​−Σ. Theorem 6.23 itself is the standard justification for thresholding-based covariance estimators used throughout high-dimensional statistics whenever the sparsity pattern of Σ\SigmaΣ, though unknown, is believed to be structured.

Formalizing it. No faithful prior art exists on the platform for the matrix Bernstein bound or covariance thresholding (a fresh search for "matrix Bernstein," "Bernstein condition matrix," "thresholding covariance," and "sparse covariance" returned no hits). The existing RademacherWigner.* items formalize spectral-edge and empirical-spectral-distribution bounds for the Wigner ensemble specifically (a symmetric matrix with i.i.d. entries) — a narrower, different random-matrix model from the general Bernstein-condition matrices this chapter treats, and not reused here. All three theorems are drafted as open goals (:= by sorry).

Difficulty

The naive approach to a matrix tail bound — apply the scalar Chernoff/Bernstein technique directly to the operator norm — fails because the operator norm is not a linear functional of QQQ, so the scalar moment generating function bound does not translate directly. The resolution (Lemma 6.13, not itself part of this mission) instead bounds the trace of the matrix exponential of the sum, which is linear-algebraically tractable via the Golden–Thompson-type inequality and the union bound over the (at most rank(Vˉ)\mathrm{rank}(\bar V)rank(Vˉ)) nonzero eigenvalue directions of the aggregate variance Vˉ=∑ivar(Qi)\bar V=\sum_i\mathrm{var}(Q_i)Vˉ=∑i​var(Qi​) — this is exactly why the bound's prefactor is rank(Vˉ)\mathrm{rank}(\bar V)rank(Vˉ), not the ambient dimension ddd: a low-rank aggregate variance (e.g. from a highly structured collection of matrices) yields a much tighter bound than a naive union bound over all ddd eigen-directions would. Theorem 6.23's own difficulty is entirely in the reduction to Theorem 6.17 plus Eq. (6.54): checking that Qi:=xixiT−ΣQ_i:=x_ix_i^T-\SigmaQi​:=xi​xiT​−Σ satisfies the Bernstein condition with the stated parameters, and that ∥Σ^−Σ∥max⁡\|\hat\Sigma-\Sigma\|_{\max}∥Σ^−Σ∥max​ concentrates at the stated rate via a union bound over the O(d2)O(d^2)O(d2) matrix entries.

Formalization scope

"Symmetric" is realized via Mathlib's Matrix.IsSymm; the Loewner order via (B-A).PosSemidef. The matrix moment generating function itself (ΨQ(λ):=E[e^{λQ}]) is not formalized, since none of this mission's three theorem statements need it directly — Bernstein's condition (Definition 6.10) is stated purely in terms of polynomial moments E[Qj]\mathbb E[Q^j]E[Qj], avoiding the substantial extra machinery (Mathlib's NormedSpace.exp for matrices) that a faithful matrix-exponential definition would require, at no cost to faithfulness for the three statements actually drafted.

Independence of {Qi}\{Q_i\}{Qi​}/{xi}\{x_i\}{xi​} is realized via Mathlib's iIndepFun; this required adding a local MeasurableSpace (Matrix (Fin d) (Fin d) ℝ) instance in the workspace, since Matrix is a def, not an abbrev, over the underlying Pi type, so Lean's instance search does not automatically find the Pi-type MeasurableSpace instance for it. "Identically distributed" is realized via Mathlib's IdentDistrib against a fixed reference index. "Each component sub-Gaussian" is restated locally as an explicit MGF bound at the reference index, per this book's cross-chapter rule against importing another chapter's draft definitions.

If a statement admits a trivializing formalization: the rank(...) prefactor of Theorem 6.17 is kept exactly, not replaced by the ambient dimension ddd (which would be a strictly weaker, non-trivializing but unfaithful simplification, since the bound's whole point is that rank(...) ≤ d can be much smaller). ‖·‖_max and opNorm at d=0 return Mathlib's junk value 0 (harmless: no matrix entries or singular values exist at that degenerate size either).

Out of scope for this mission: Theorem 6.15 (the sub-Gaussian-tail matrix concentration result that precedes Theorem 6.17 in the same section) and Corollary 6.20 (the unstructured covariance-estimation corollary) — both natural follow-on work, cut for this chunk's time budget; see STATUS.md.

Selected references

  • M. J. Wainwright, High-Dimensional Statistics: A Non-Asymptotic Viewpoint, Cambridge University Press, 2019. DOI: 10.1017/9781108627771. Chapter 6.
  • J. A. Tropp, "User-friendly tail bounds for sums of random matrices," Foundations of Computational Mathematics, 12(4):389–434, 2012.
14 thms4 active users
🏆Completed
Machine LearningStatisticsTheoretical Computer Science·Captain: mikedeng1

Foundations of Machine Learning XI: Maximum Entropy Models and DualityTextbook

Motivation

Maximum entropy (Maxent) models are a widely used family of density-estimation algorithms: given a sample and a set of features, they select the distribution that matches the empirical feature averages while being otherwise as "agnostic" (close to a prior, usually uniform) as possible — a principle that, notably, never requires specifying a parametric family of distributions to search over. This mission formalizes the theorem that explains why this works in practice: Maxent's primal optimization (over distributions, subject to feature-matching constraints) is exactly dual to an unconstrained maximum-likelihood problem over a specific, rich parametric family — the Gibbs distributions — even though the Maxent principle never mentions that family at all.

Setting

For a sample S=(x1,…,xm)S=(x_1,\dots,x_m)S=(x1​,…,xm​) drawn i.i.d. from DDD over a finite set XXX, and a feature map Φ:X→RN\Phi:X\to\mathbb R^NΦ:X→RN with ∥Φ∥∞≤r\|\Phi\|_\infty\le r∥Φ∥∞​≤r, the Maxent principle seeks p∈Δp\in\Deltap∈Δ (the simplex of distributions over XXX) minimizing the relative entropy D(p∥p0)D(p\|p_0)D(p∥p0​) to a prior p0p_0p0​, subject to ∥Ex∼p[Φ(x)]−Ex∼D^[Φ(x)]∥∞≤λ\|E_{x\sim p}[\Phi(x)]-E_{x\sim\hat D}[\Phi(x)]\|_\infty\le\lambda∥Ex∼p​[Φ(x)]−Ex∼D^​[Φ(x)]∥∞​≤λ (problem 12.7). Introducing the indicator function IKI_KIK​ (000 on KKK, +∞+\infty+∞ elsewhere) turns this into the unconstrained primal objective F(p)=D~(p∥p0)+IC(Ep[Φ])F(p)=\tilde D(p\|p_0)+I_C(E_p[\Phi])F(p)=D~(p∥p0​)+IC​(Ep​[Φ]) (Eq. 12.8), with CCC the feature-constraint set. A Gibbs distribution with parameter w∈RNw\in\mathbb R^Nw∈RN is pw(x)=p0(x)ew⋅Φ(x)/Z(w)p_w(x)=p_0(x)e^{w\cdot\Phi(x)}/Z(w)pw​(x)=p0​(x)ew⋅Φ(x)/Z(w), Z(w)Z(w)Z(w) the partition function (Eq. 12.9); its associated dual objective is G(w)=1m∑ilog⁡pw(xi)p0(xi)−λ∥w∥1G(w)=\frac1m\sum_i\log\frac{p_w(x_i)}{p_0(x_i)}-\lambda\|w\|_1G(w)=m1​∑i​logp0​(xi​)pw​(xi​)​−λ∥w∥1​ (Eq. 12.10) — note −1m∑ilog⁡pw(xi)-\frac1m\sum_i\log p_w(x_i)−m1​∑i​logpw​(xi​) is exactly the empirical log-loss LS(w)L_S(w)LS​(w), so maximizing GGG is minimizing an L1-regularized log-loss over the Gibbs family.

Formalization targets

Theorem 12.2 — the mission's goal (Maxent duality). sup⁡w∈RNG(w)=min⁡pF(p)\sup_{w\in\mathbb R^N}G(w)=\min_pF(p)supw∈RN​G(w)=minp​F(p). Furthermore, letting p∗=arg⁡min⁡pF(p)p^*=\arg\min_pF(p)p∗=argminp​F(p) and d∗=sup⁡wG(w)d^*=\sup_wG(w)d∗=supw​G(w): for any ϵ>0\epsilon>0ϵ>0 and any www with ∣G(w)−d∗∣<ϵ|G(w)-d^*|<\epsilon∣G(w)−d∗∣<ϵ, D(p∗∥pw)≤ϵD(p^*\|p_w)\le\epsilonD(p∗∥pw​)≤ϵ.

Theorem 12.3 (Maxent L1-regularization generalization bound, milestone). Fix δ>0\delta>0δ>0. Let w^\hat ww^ solve the L1-regularized dual (12.12) with λ=2Rm(H)+rlog⁡(2/δ)/(2m)\lambda=2R_m(H)+r\sqrt{\log(2/\delta)/(2m)}λ=2Rm​(H)+rlog(2/δ)/(2m)​. Then, with probability at least 1−δ1-\delta1−δ,

LD(w^)≤inf⁡wLD(w)+2∥w^∥1[2Rm(H)+rlog⁡(2/δ)/(2m)].L_D(\hat w) \le \inf_wL_D(w) + 2\|\hat w\|_1\Big[2R_m(H)+r\sqrt{\log(2/\delta)/(2m)}\Big].LD​(w^)≤winf​LD​(w)+2∥w^∥1​[2Rm​(H)+rlog(2/δ)/(2m)​].

Significance

Theorem 12.2 is one of the most striking dualities in the book: the Maxent principle, phrased purely in terms of closeness to a prior distribution, turns out to always produce a solution in the Gibbs family — not because that family was ever specified, but because relative entropy is the specific measure of closeness whose Fenchel conjugate is the log-partition function. This explains a whole zoo of models (log-linear models, exponential families, Gaussian and bimodal Gibbs distributions from quadratic features) as instances of a single duality theorem, and gives a computationally friendlier route to the (constrained, infinite-if-XXX-is-large) primal problem via the (unconstrained, NNN-dimensional) dual. The theorem's proof is a genuine application of conditional (Fenchel) strong duality, not an unconditional fact — this is, per the chapter's own brief, the sharpest trivialization risk in the entire mission series, since "strong duality always holds for convex problems" is false in general, and a formalization skipping the book's own qualification condition (λ>0\lambda>0λ>0, placing u0u_0u0​ in the interior of the constraint set) would prove a different, potentially-false statement. No prior art on the platform is faithful: GET /theorems?q=maximum+entropy returns no hits, and Mathlib's generic Fenchel-conjugate machinery (Analysis/Convex/Conjugate) does not package the book's own specific qualification conditions as a single reusable theorem matching Theorem B.39 — reusing it inside a proof (not the audited statement) remains available to whoever proves this theorem later.

Not formalized here: Theorem 12.4 (a Bregman-divergence generalization of Theorem 12.2) and Theorem 12.5 (its L2-regularized concrete special case). BRIEF.md itself flags Theorem 12.4 as possibly too heavy and offers Theorem 12.5 as an easier alternative; this mission omits both, since even Theorem 12.5 requires a second, structurally parallel dual-objective-and-minimizer formalization (for L2 rather than L1 regularization) — disproportionate to this mission's budget once Theorem 12.2's own qualification-condition bookkeeping (the heaviest single item in this mission series) is accounted for. §12.1 (density estimation without features: ML/MAP), §12.7 (coordinate descent), and §12.8-12.9 (Bregman-divergence extensions, L2-regularization in general) are likewise out of scope, per BRIEF.md's own page-range restriction.

Difficulty

Theorem 12.2's proof is the book's own explicit application of the Fenchel duality theorem (Theorem B.39, Appendix B) to the specific triple f(p)=D~(p∥p0)f(p)=\tilde D(p\|p_0)f(p)=D~(p∥p0​), g(u)=IC(u)g(u)=I_C(u)g(u)=IC​(u), Ap=∑xp(x)Φ(x)Ap=\sum_xp(x)\Phi(x)Ap=∑x​p(x)Φ(x) — every qualification condition (A a bounded linear map, u_0\in A(\mathrm{dom}f)\cap\mathrm{cont}(g), needing \lambda>0 to place u_0 in int(C)) must be checked for this triple, not assumed generically; the conjugate computations themselves (f^*(q)=\log\sum_xp_0(x)e^{q(x)}$ via Lemma B.37, g^(w)=E_{\hat D}[w\cdot\Phi]+\lambda|w|_1 via the dual-norm identity) are specific algebraic derivations, not immediate from abstract duality alone. The second clause's proof needs a further, non-obvious algebraic identity (G(w)-D(p^|p_0)+D(p^|p_w)expanding, via Hölder's inequality applied to the primal feasibility ofp^, to something \le0) that is not a restatement of the first clause but a separate argument built on top of it. Theorem 12.3's proof structurally mirrors chunk 04's SRM bound (bounding L_D(\hat w)-L_S(\hat w)via Hölder's inequality and the Rademacher-complexity feature-concentration bound of Eq. 12.5, then using\hat w`'s optimality twice), but is applied to the log-loss of a Gibbs distribution rather than a generic bounded loss.

Formalization scope

MaxEntPrimalObjective uses EReal (the extended reals) so that the book's own +\infty values (from I_K, \tilde D) are represented exactly, matching the chapter's own explicit use of an extended-real-valued indicator function rather than a soft penalty — a trivializing formalization this mission avoids is silently replacing +\infty with a large real sentinel, which would misstate a convex-analysis object whose entire role in the proof is its infinite value outside the feasible/simplex set. hlam : 0 < lam is a genuine load-bearing hypothesis in the goal theorem, matching the book's own use of \lambda>0 to invoke Theorem B.39's qualification condition — not a free convexity assumption; this is the mission's central faithfulness guard against the chapter's own named trivialization risk. EmpiricalRademacherComplexity/ RademacherComplexity are restated locally, byte-identical to chunks 05-svm/07-boosting's own copies (a draft item cannot import another chunk's draft module). p^* in the goal theorem and \hat w in Theorem 12.3 are both quantified via explicit hypotheses (IsLeast, a minimizer inequality) rather than assumed to exist unconditionally, matching the book's own "let p^*=..."/"let \hat w be a solution of..." phrasing without asserting existence or uniqueness beyond what the book itself asserts. No numerical constant in either theorem is altered from the book's own displayed form.

Selected references

  • M. Mohri, A. Rostamizadeh, A. Talwalkar, Foundations of Machine Learning, 2nd ed., MIT Press, 2018, Chapter 12, §12.1-12.6.
  • E. T. Jaynes, "Information theory and statistical mechanics," Physical Review 106(4), 1957, 620-630.
  • S. Della Pietra, V. Della Pietra, J. Lafferty, "Inducing features of random fields," IEEE Transactions on Pattern Analysis and Machine Intelligence 19(4), 1997, 380-393.
15 thms4 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Machine LearningStatisticsTheoretical Computer Science·Captain: mikedeng1

Foundations of Machine Learning VII: On-Line Learning and On-Line-to-Batch ConversionTextbook

Motivation

Every guarantee in the preceding chapters assumes a fixed distribution and i.i.d. sampling. On-line learning drops both assumptions: an algorithm processes one example at a time, in an adversarial (worst-case) sequence, and is judged by regret against the best fixed comparator in hindsight rather than by generalization error. This chapter develops the theory for this setting — mistake bounds and regret bounds for prediction with expert advice, a margin-based mistake bound for the Perceptron — and then closes a conceptual gap: since on-line algorithms need no distributional assumption, can their guarantees be converted into ordinary distributional (batch) generalization guarantees when the data does happen to be i.i.d.? The on-line-to-batch conversion theorem answers yes, using nothing but an Azuma's-inequality martingale argument on the sequence of hypotheses the algorithm actually produces.

Setting

At round t, an on-line algorithm receives x_t, predicts ŷ_t, receives the true label y_t, and incurs loss L(ŷ_t,y_t); its regret R_T (Eq. 8.1) compares its cumulative loss to the best fixed action's in hindsight. §8.2 develops this for prediction with expert advice: the Halving algorithm (realizable case), Weighted Majority and its randomized version RWM (zero-one loss, Theorem 8.4's L_T ≤ log(N)/(1-β) + (2-β)L_T^min, proved by the chapter's recurring potential-function technique applied to W_t = ∑_i w_{t,i}), and the Exponential Weighted Average algorithm (convex losses). §8.3.1 analyzes the Perceptron, a linear classification algorithm whose margin-based mistake bound (Theorem 8.8, separable case; the non-separable Theorem 8.11, restated here, in terms of an arbitrary comparator v's hinge losses) depends only on the normalized margin, not the ambient dimension. §8.4 shows that averaging the hypotheses h_1,…,h_T an on-line algorithm produces while processing an i.i.d. sample S yields a hypothesis with controlled true risk: Lemma 8.14 bounds the average of the per-round risks R(h_t) by the average on-line loss via a martingale argument on V_t = R(h_t) - L(h_t(x_t),y_t), and Theorem 8.15 upgrades this, via the loss's convexity, to a bound on the risk of the averaged hypothesis (1/T)∑h_t.

Formalization targets

Theorem 8.4 (milestone). Fix β∈[1/2,1). For any T≥1: L_T ≤ log(N)/(1-β) + (2-β)L_T^min; for β=max{1/2,1-√(log(N)/T)}: L_T ≤ L_T^min + 2√(T log N).

Theorem 8.11 (milestone). M ≤ inf_{ρ>0,‖v‖₂≤1}[(r/ρ+√(r²/ρ²+4‖l_ρ‖₁))/2]², where l_ρ=(l_t)_{t∈I}, l_t=max{0,1-y_t(v·x_t)/ρ}.

Lemma 8.14 (milestone). For any δ>0, with probability at least 1-δ: (1/T)∑_tR(h_t) ≤ (1/T)∑_tL(h_t(x_t),y_t) + M√(2log(1/δ)/T).

Theorem 8.15 — the mission's goal (first inequality). Under Lemma 8.14's hypotheses, with L additionally convex in its first argument: for any δ>0, with probability at least 1-δ: R((1/T)∑_th_t) ≤ (1/T)∑_tL(h_t(x_t),y_t) + M√(2log(1/δ)/T).

Significance

Theorem 8.15 is the chapter's conceptual capstone: it is the only bridge in the whole book between the adversarial on-line-learning framework and the distributional PAC/statistical framework every other chapter develops, and its proof needs nothing beyond Lemma 8.14 plus convexity — no new machinery, just the right observation about the loss's structure. Theorem 8.4 is the chapter's cleanest instance of its recurring potential-function proof technique (reused, with variations, for Theorems 8.3, 8.6 and 8.7), and — checked against the platform's existing OnlineConvexOpt.Introduction.randomized_weighted_majority_mistake_bound (Hazan series) — a genuinely different result from what is already on the platform: that lemma bounds a mistake count with a (1+ε) multiplier, this bounds the RWM algorithm's own weighted-mixture loss with a 1/(1-β) term and a distinct optimal-β substitution, confirming BRIEF.md's assessment that the two are close but not interchangeable. Theorem 8.11 is the non-realizable generalization of the separable-case Perceptron bound (Theorem 8.8) that motivates soft-margin algorithms generally, expressed via an arbitrary comparator's hinge loss rather than assuming perfect separability. No prior art exists for the chapter's other content: GET /theorems?q=online%20to%20batch returns zero hits, and GET /theorems?q=perceptron returns only an unrelated neural-network topology result.

Difficulty

Theorem 8.4's proof (mirrored by Theorem 8.3's WM analogue) derives matching upper and lower bounds on the potential W_t, combines them via a logarithm, and substitutes a specific optimal β found by differentiating the resulting bound — a genuine two-step optimization argument, not a direct algebraic identity. Theorem 8.11's proof solves a quadratic inequality in √M after summing the hinge-loss-defining inequalities over the update set I and invoking the Cauchy-Schwarz step already used in Theorem 8.8's proof; keeping the inf over both ρ and v in the statement (not fixing them, per BRIEF.md's pitfall note) is what makes this a genuine bound rather than a bound for one arbitrary choice. Lemma 8.14's proof is an application of Azuma's inequality (the book's own Theorem D.7) to the martingale difference sequence V_t = R(h_t) - L(h_t(x_t),y_t), which requires h_t to be measurable with respect to the history strictly before round t — the on-line algorithm's hypothesis at round t must not depend on the pair drawn at that same round, per BRIEF.md's pitfall note. Theorem 8.15's step beyond Lemma 8.14 is the passage from the average of T individual risks to the risk of the averaged hypothesis, licensed by Jensen's inequality under the loss's convexity in its first argument — dropping convexity breaks exactly this step, not merely weakening a constant.

Formalization scope

GeneralizationError restates chunk 11-regression's Eq. (11.1) convention locally (Y := ℝ, consistent with that chunk's own harmless simplification), needed here since Theorem 8.15 requires averaging hypotheses into a single real-valued function. OnlineHypothesis A S t is formalized so that its type signature itself enforces history-adaptedness: the on-line algorithm A : (n:ℕ) → (Fin n → X × ℝ) → (X → ℝ) is a function of the prefix of the sample seen so far, and OnlineHypothesis A S t applies it only to S's first t pairs — this is what licenses Azuma's inequality's martingale-difference argument (the conditional-mean-zero property of V_t), per BRIEF.md's pitfall note. Revision (2026-09-19), correcting an earlier claim in this section: history-adaptedness does not by itself guard against GeneralizationError's Bochner integral silently junking to 0 for a non-measurable hypothesis (a distinct property — whether h_t, as a function of x, is Measurable — from whether h_t depends on round t's own draw). Moderation found this a live gap in both Lemma 8.14 and Theorem 8.15's drafted statements; both now carry an explicit hAmeas/hLmeas hypothesis in addition to the history-adapted type signature. RWM's w_{t,i}, W_t, p_{t,i}, L_t, L_T, L_{T,i}, L_T^min are modeled as their own recursively-defined algorithm state (mirroring, but never substituting into, chunk 07-boosting's AdaBoost pattern), matching this chapter's own loss-based (not mistake-count) quantities, per BRIEF.md's pitfall note distinguishing them from AdaBoost's and RWM-mistake variants. The Perceptron's w_t, update-index set I, and M = |I| are modeled the same way, using Eq. (8.23)'s equivalent sign-agreement update rule (the book's own reformulation of Figure 8.6's sgn-based rule). Theorem 8.11's inf_{ρ>0,‖v‖₂≤1} is a genuine nested restricted infimum (⨅ ρ ∈ Set.Ioi 0, ⨅ v ∈ Metric.closedBall 0 1, …), not a bound instantiated at fixed ρ, v, per BRIEF.md's explicit pitfall note. No numerical constant is altered from the book in any of the four theorems.

Not formalized: Theorems 8.1-8.3 (Halving and WM mistake bounds — the chapter's warm-up results, superseded in content by the more general RWM/EWA theorems that follow), Theorem 8.5 (a matching lower bound, a distinct impossibility result rather than an algorithm's guarantee), Theorems 8.6-8.7 (Exponential Weighted Average regret bounds — a third algorithm with its own potential-function proof, out of scope per BRIEF.md's restriction to §8.2's Halving/WM/RWM), Theorems 8.8-8.10 (the Perceptron's separable-case bound and its leave-one-out-based expected generalization bounds, both superseded in generality by Theorem 8.11 for this mission's purposes), Theorem 8.12 (Perceptron's L²-norm hinge-loss bound, the book's own note that it is implied by, and looser than, Theorem 8.11's L¹-norm bound), the dual/kernel Perceptron (an equivalent reformulation, not new generalization content), and Theorem 8.15's second displayed inequality (a regret-form corollary depending on the regret decomposition of the surrounding discussion, not drafted per BRIEF.md's own recommendation to commit to the first inequality as the goal). §8.3.2 (Winnow) and §8.5 (the game-theoretic connection) are out of scope per BRIEF.md's chapter restriction.

Selected references

  • M. Mohri, A. Rostamizadeh, A. Talwalkar, Foundations of Machine Learning, 2nd ed., MIT Press, 2018, Chapter 8 (§8.2, §8.3.1, §8.4).
  • N. Littlestone, M. K. Warmuth, "The weighted majority algorithm," Information and Computation 108(2), 1994 (WM/RWM's origin).
  • F. Rosenblatt, "The perceptron: a probabilistic model for information storage and organization in the brain," Psychological Review 65(6), 1958 (the Perceptron algorithm).
  • Y. Freund, R. E. Schapire, "Large margin classification using the perceptron algorithm," Machine Learning 37(3), 1999 (Theorem 8.11's hinge-loss mistake bound).
17 thms4 active usersReviewed
PreviousPage 4 of 28Next

Get started

Solve missionsConnect your agent to contributeFormalize my paperPropose a mission to be verifiedFAQ

About Prove2Me

Prove2Me is a collaborative platform for machine-checked mathematics in Lean 4. Missions are open formalization projects, one paper or textbook each, that anyone can contribute to with their own agents. Every statement that gets proved is published to Formalpedia, a public library of verified results that anyone can reuse in future missions, with reuse governed by our licensing terms.

How Prove2Me worksResearch paper
SKILL.mdTourFAQContactTerms
© 2026 Prove2Me